2
0
mirror of https://git.door43.org/richmahn/en_tn synced 2025-01-13 23:18:25 +00:00
richmahn_en_tn/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
2022-06-29 10:53:43 -04:00

896 KiB
Raw Blame History

1BookChapterVerseIDSupportReferenceOrigQuoteOccurrenceGLQuoteOccurrenceNote
2EXOfrontintrob4pp0# Introduction to Exodus<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Exodus<br><br>1. Israel in Egypt; preparing to depart from slavery (112)<br> * First genealogy (1:16)<br> * Israel as slaves in Egypt (1:722)<br> * Moses history to the time of the Exodus (2:14:26)<br> * Israel suffers in Egypt (4:276:13)<br> * Second genealogy (6:1427)<br> * Moses and Aaron go to Pharaoh (6:287:25)<br> * The plagues (8:111:10)<br>2. Instructions for celebrating the Passover (12:130)<br>3. From Egypt to Mount Sinai (12:3118:27)<br> * The Passover; preparing to leave Egypt; leaving Egypt (12:3150, 13:122)<br> * Journey from Egypt to Mount Sinai (14:118:27)<br>4. Mount Sinai and the Law (19-40)<br> * Preparing for the covenant (19:125)<br> * The Ten Commandments (20:117)<br> * The covenant described (20:1823:33)<br> * The people agree to the covenant; Moses returns to Mount Sinai (24:118)<br> * Design of the Dwelling and its furnishings; what was required of those who serve in it; dwelling functions (25:131:18)<br> * The golden calf; Moses prays for the people (32:133:22)<br> * The covenant described again (34:135)<br> * Making of the ark and its furnishings (35:138:31) and priestly garments (39:143, 40:133)<br> * The cloud (40:3438)<br><br>### What is the book of Exodus about?<br><br>Exodus continues the story of the previous book, Genesis. The first half of Exodus is about how Yahweh made Abrahams descendants into a nation. This nation, which would be called “Israel,” was meant to belong to Yahweh and worship him. The second half of Exodus describes how God gave the Israelites his law through Moses. The law of Moses told the Israelites how to obey and worship Yahweh properly.<br><br>The book of Exodus tells how the Israelites were to build the Dwelling. The Dwelling was a tent where Yahweh would be among his people. The Israelites worshiped and sacrificed animals to Yahweh at the Dwelling. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>“Exodus” means “exit” or “departure.” Translators may translate this title in a way that can communicate its subject clearly, for example, “About the Israelites Leaving Egypt” or “How the Israelites Left the Land of Egypt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Exodus?<br><br>The writers of both the Old and New Testaments present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Exodus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.<br><br>### Why did Moses write so much about God delivering or rescuing the people of Israel?<br><br>Moses wrote much about God rescuing his people from the Egyptians to show that Yahweh is very powerful. Egypt was a very powerful nation in the region at that time, but Yahweh was still able to free the Israelites from the Egyptians. Also, by rescuing the Israelites, Yahweh showed that he had chosen them as his people and that they should worship him.<br><br>### How does the book of Exodus show the fulfillment of the promises given to Abraham?<br><br>The book of Exodus shows God beginning to fulfill his promise to Abraham. In Genesis, God promised Abraham that he would have many descendants and that they would become a large nation. When God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians, he took them to Mount Sinai. There he made a covenant with them, and they became the nation that belonged to Yahweh.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the Jewish Passover?<br><br>The Jewish Passover was a religious festival. Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate it every year. Passover was a time to remember how God rescued Israel from the Egyptians. The first Passover meal was eaten in the evening just before they left Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>### What was the law of Moses to the people of Israel?<br><br>The law of Moses instructed the people of Israel about what Yahweh required them to do as his people. In the law, God told the people how they should live so that they would honor him. He also instructed them about their need to offer animal sacrifices. God required these sacrifices so that he could forgive their sins and continue living among them. The law also described the duties of the priests and told how to build the Dwelling.<br><br>### What did it mean that Israel was to be a “kingdom of priests and a holy nation” ([19:6](../19/06.md) ULT)?<br><br>Israel was a holy nation because Yahweh separated them from all other nations to belong to him. They were to honor and worship him only. This made them different from all the other nations of the world; the other nations worshiped many false gods.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Thus says Yahweh<br><br>This phrase is used many times in the Old Testament to introduce Yahwehs speech. Your team should pick a standard translation. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more.<br><br>### Pharaohs stubborn heart<br><br>Between chapters 4 and 14, there are 18 cases where Pharaohs heart is described as strong (11x), heavy (6x), or hard (1x), and one case where the Egyptians hearts are described as strong. These are metaphors for being stubborn, that is, being unwilling to obey Yahweh or even to do what is clearly in his own and Egypts best interest. Many cultures have similar metaphors, but not all will use the same body part. Within these cases, six times there is a neutral description that Pharaoh was stubborn, without saying anyone made him so ([7:13](../07/13.md), [7:14](../07/14.md), [7:22](../07/22.md), [8:19](../08/19.md), [9:7](../09/07.md), [9:35](../09/35.md)); three times Pharaoh makes himself stubborn ([8:15](../08/15.md), [8:32](../08/32.md), [9:34](../09/34.md)); and ten times Yahweh makes Pharaoh/the Egyptians stubborn ([4:21](../04/21.md), [7:3](../07/03.md), [9:12](../09/12.md), [10:1](../10/01.md), [10:20](../10/20.md), [10:27](../10/27.md), [11:10](../11/10.md), [14:4](../14/04.md), [14:8](../14/08.md), [14:17](../14/17.md)).<br><br>### Why are the details of the construction of the Dwelling in Exodus 2532 repeated in Exodus 3540?<br><br>In Exodus 2532, God describes exactly how the Dwelling was to be built. The details were repeated in Exodus 3540 in the description of the actual construction. This showed that the people were careful to do exactly as God commanded.<br><br>### Are the events in the order that they actually happened?<br><br>Most, but not all, of the events in the book of Exodus are told in the order that they actually happened. Translators may need to make it clear when the events are in an unusual order.<br><br>### What does it mean that God “lived” among his people?<br><br>The book of Exodus presents God as living in the Dwelling among the nation of Israel. God is everywhere, but he lived among the Israelites in a special way. God dwelled with the Israelites because they belonged to him. He promised to lead them and bless them. In return, the people were to worship him and honor him.
3EXO1introcj550# Exodus 01 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>This chapter is intended to form a smooth transition from the last chapter of the book of Genesis.<br><br>- v. 1-7: Jacobs family grows<br>- v. 8-22: Pharaoh oppresses the Israelites and tries to limit the Israelites growth<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Israels growth<br><br>Israel grew in number. This was the beginning of Gods fulfilling his promises to Abraham. It also caused the Pharaoh to worry that there would be more Israelites than Egyptians, with the result that the Egyptians would be unable to defend themselves against so many people. Pharaoh tried to kill all of the male babies so they would not become soldiers who fought against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>- “All of the descendants of Jacob were 70 in number”<br>This number included both Jacobs children and grandchildren. It may cause confusion, but it is important to remember Jacob only had 12 sons.<br>- Starting from verse 7, the terms **Hebrews** and **sons of Israel** both refer to the Israelite nation or people group.<br>- God blesses the Hebrew midwives for lying to the wicked Pharaoh. Translators should not attempt to hide this. They showed that they feared God by disobeying a wicked order in order to preserve the lives of Gods people. They “acted wisely toward him” (or shrewdly, see [1:10](../01/10.md)) by lying to foil Pharaoh.<br>- Pharaoh is a specifically Egyptian word for their kings (and queens).
4EXO11h51fwriting-background0Verses 17 are background information for the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
5EXO11fxbxfigs-goהַ⁠בָּאִ֖ים…בָּֽאוּ1The words translated as **came in** could also be translated as “went in.” Use whichever form is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
6EXO11e65ztranslate-namesיִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל…יַעֲקֹ֔ב1**Jacob** and **Israel** are two names for the same man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
7EXO11g89kfigs-metonymyוּ⁠בֵית֖⁠וֹ1householdHere, **house** refers to all of the people who live together, usually a large family with servants. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “and his household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8EXO15uk67figs-metonymyוַֽ⁠יְהִ֗י כָּל־נֶ֛פֶשׁ יֹצְאֵ֥י יֶֽרֶךְ־יַעֲקֹ֖ב שִׁבְעִ֣ים נָ֑פֶשׁ1householdHere, **lives** refers to people (specifically, men); **going out of the loins of Jacob** is a reference to these people as being in his seed or semen and produced through his sexual actstherefore meaning they are his descendants. See also Hebrews 7:9-10. Alternate translation: “And all the male descendants of Jacob numbered 70.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9EXO16sh42grammar-connect-time-sequentialוַ⁠יָּ֤מָת1They did not die immediately. Jacob and his sons spent the rest of their lives in Egypt and died there. If necessary, use a transition word that conveys that some time passed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
10EXO16g5qgtranslate-kinshipוְ⁠כָל־אֶחָ֔י⁠ו1all his brothers**All his brothers** includes ten older brothers and one younger brother. If your language has different words for those, you can say, “his ten older brothers and his younger brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
11EXO17c368figs-metonymyוּ⁠בְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל1This is the first of many times in this book that **sons of Israel** refers to the Israelite nation or people. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “And the people of Israel” or “And the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12EXO17c7epfigs-doubletפָּר֧וּ וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁרְצ֛וּ וַ⁠יִּרְבּ֥וּ וַ⁠יַּֽעַצְמ֖וּ1All of these verbs mean similar things; they are used together to emphasize that the Israelites became very numerous. If your language doesnt have as many words that mean the same thing, you can use fewer words and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “had many children and became strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
13EXO17uo65פָּר֧וּ…וַ⁠יִּרְבּ֥וּ…וַ⁠תִּמָּלֵ֥א הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ1Compare your translation of **fruitful … and multiplied … and the land was filled** here to Genesis 1:28, 9:1, 9:7, and especially Genesis 35:11 where God renamed Jacob to be called Israel.
14EXO17nk2lfigs-metaphorפָּר֧וּ וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁרְצ֛וּ1were fruitfulThe birth of children to the Israelites is spoken of as if they were plants that were producing fruit and causing new plants to grow around them. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “had many children” or “gave birth to many children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15EXO17x97mfigs-abstractnounsבִּ⁠מְאֹ֣ד מְאֹ֑ד1were fruitfulIf your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **greatness** in another way. Alternate translation: “and were very great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
16EXO17r2f1figs-activepassiveוַ⁠תִּמָּלֵ֥א הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ אֹתָֽ⁠ם1the land was filled with themIf your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language Alternate translation: “and they filled the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17EXO17e110figs-idiomבִּ⁠מְאֹ֣ד מְאֹ֑ד1Here the same word is used twice to emphasize how many the Israelite people had become. If your language does not repeat words like this, express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “with much power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
18EXO17piq4writing-pronounsאֹתָֽ⁠ם1with themHere, **them** refers to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
19EXO18eu8ywriting-neweventוַ⁠יָּ֥קָם1This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
20EXO18d20ywriting-participantsמֶֽלֶךְ־חָדָ֖שׁ1The story begins with the new king. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
21EXO18t6jdfigs-metonymyוַ⁠יָּ֥קָם מֶֽלֶךְ־חָדָ֖שׁ עַל־מִצְרָ֑יִם1arose over EgyptHere, **Egypt** refers to the place and the people of Egypt. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “And a new king began to rule over the Egyptians and the country of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22EXO18dnkwfigs-metonymyלֹֽא־יָדַ֖ע אֶת־יוֹסֵֽף1Here, **Joseph** refers to both the person Joseph and to all of the good things that he did for Egypt. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23EXO19aku3figs-exclamationsהִנֵּ֗ה1**Behold** draws special attention to what is about to be said. Use a way of drawing peoples attention that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
24EXO19x65ifigs-possessionעַמּ֑⁠וֹ1his peopleThe people whom the king rules over and who are also part of his group (probably shared ethnicity, tribe, or clan) rather than the Israelite group are spoken of as if they belonged to the king. This is an instance of the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
25EXO19t7s1עַמּ֑⁠וֹ1There is some ambiguity as to whom exactly Pharaoh was addressing. It could have been: (1) the people who lived in Egypt, the Egyptians or (2) some group of “his people” like his advisors, generals, nobles, or friends and family. Even if option 1 is meant, it is quite possible that he actually spoke to some smaller group of representatives, as in option 2.
26EXO19jik8מִמֶּֽ⁠נּוּ1Use a way that is natural in your language to compare non-specific sizes of groups of people. Alternate translation: “and much greater than us”
27EXO19njuffigs-quotemarksהִנֵּ֗ה1Beginning from **behold** and extending to the end of [verse 10](../01/10.md) is a direct quotation of what the king said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
28EXO110hiq4figs-exclusiveנִֽתְחַכְּמָ֖ה…שֹׂ֣נְאֵ֔י⁠נוּ…בָּ֖⁠נוּ1let usThe word **us** is inclusive and refers to the king and his people, the Egyptians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
29EXO110wkvfgrammar-collectivenounsל֑⁠וֹ…יִרְבֶּ֗ה…וְ⁠נוֹסַ֤ף…הוּא֙…וְ⁠נִלְחַם…וְ⁠עָלָ֥ה1let usHere, **him, he**, and **himself** refer to the Israelite people. The pronouns agree grammatically with the singular “people” in the original. This occurs in many places in Exodus. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the plural, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
30EXO110il4ugrammar-connect-condition-hypotheticalפֶּן־יִרְבֶּ֗ה וְ⁠הָיָ֞ה כִּֽי־תִקְרֶ֤אנָה מִלְחָמָה֙1The king suggests a combination of two hypothetical events: 1. There are even more Israelites, 2. There is a battle. These are followed by a series of undesirable consequences: 3. The Israelites join an enemy, 4. The Israelites attack the Egyptians, 5. The Israelites leave Egypt. While the series of consequences is also technically hypothetical, the kings language indicates that if 1-2 happen, then 3-5 are certain. Use language that makes it clear that the first two events are hypothetical and that the next three are consequences that could be expected if the first two events happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
31EXO110jc1hוְ⁠עָלָ֥ה מִן־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ1leave the landAlternate translation: “and he leaves Egypt”
32EXO111y2miשָׂרֵ֣י1taskmasters**Overseers** were Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work.
33EXO111o926מִסִּ֔ים1Here the plural means groups. Alternative translation: “work crews”
34EXO111l9ljלְמַ֥עַן עַנֹּת֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠סִבְלֹתָ֑⁠ם1to oppress them with hard laborAlternate translation: “to force the Israelites to do hard work for the Egyptians”
35EXO111pkz4עָרֵ֤י מִסְכְּנוֹת֙1store citiesThese were places where the leaders put away food and other important things to keep them safe. Alternative translation: “cities in which to put away things to keep them safe”
36EXO111dy34figs-possessionעָרֵ֤י מִסְכְּנוֹת֙1The possessive is objective; storage of goods is what occurs in the cities. Alternate translation: “cities for storing things”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
37EXO112c1fygrammar-connect-logic-contrastוְ⁠כַ⁠אֲשֶׁר֙ יְעַנּ֣וּ אֹת֔⁠וֹ כֵּ֥ן יִרְבֶּ֖ה וְ⁠כֵ֣ן יִפְרֹ֑ץ1This sentence expresses a result that is the opposite of what the king expected. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
38EXO112pdfkfigs-abstractnounsוַ⁠יָּקֻ֕צוּ מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י1If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **dread** in another way. Alternate translation: “And they were very afraid of the face of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
39EXO112qgzzfigs-metonymyמִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל1Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. The phrase means that the Egyptians were afraid of the Israelites existence in their country. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “of the growing Israelite population” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
40EXO113j1q6figs-abstractnounsוַ⁠יַּעֲבִ֧דוּ מִצְרַ֛יִם אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּ⁠פָֽרֶךְ1made…work rigorouslyHere, **rigor** is a noun used to modify the verb **enslaved**. **Rigor** could refer either to how hard the work was or how unkindly the Egyptians treated the Israelites. If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “And the Egyptians made the sons of Israel work very hard” or “And harshly, the Egyptians made the sons of Israel work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
41EXO114mx6vfigs-metaphorוַ⁠יְמָרְר֨וּ אֶת־חַיֵּי⁠הֶ֜ם1made their lives bitterThe difficult lives of the Israelites are spoken of as if their daily lives were bitter food that was difficult to eat. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “And they made their lives very difficult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
42EXO114jre2figs-abstractnounsבַּ⁠עֲבֹדָ֣ה קָשָׁ֗ה1If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind **slavery** in another way. Alternative translation: “by making them work hard as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
43EXO114cuq7translate-unknownבְּ⁠חֹ֨מֶר֙1mortarMortar is a mixture of lime with cement, sand, and water, used in building to bond bricks or stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
44EXO114h5dxtranslate-unknownוּ⁠בִ⁠לְבֵנִ֔ים1**Bricks** are blocks made of clay or mud with straw in them. They are hardened in the sun or in another manner before they are used for building.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
45EXO114gzq7אֵ֚ת כָּל־עֲבֹ֣דָתָ֔⁠ם אֲשֶׁר־עָבְד֥וּ בָ⁠הֶ֖ם בְּ⁠פָֽרֶךְ׃1All their required work was hardSee how you translated this in [verse 13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “the Egyptians made them work very hard” or “the Egyptians forced them to work very hard”
46EXO114ct02writing-pronounsוַ⁠יְמָרְר֨וּ…בָ⁠הֶ֖ם1Here, **they** and **them** refer to the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
47EXO114acj5writing-pronounsחַיֵּי⁠הֶ֜ם…עֲבֹ֣דָתָ֔⁠ם…עָבְד֥וּ1Here, **their** and **they** refer to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
48EXO114tqylfigs-abstractnounsבְּ⁠פָֽרֶךְ1See how you translated **rigor** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
49EXO115yoajwriting-newevent0This sentence introduces a new event in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
50EXO115hhw1לַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֖ת1midwives**Midwives** were women who helped a pregnant woman give birth to a baby.
51EXO115h8f8translate-namesשִׁפְרָ֔ה…פּוּעָֽה1Shiphrah…Puah**Shiphrah** and **Puah** are womens names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
52EXO115h59twriting-participantsשִׁפְרָ֔ה…פּוּעָֽה1The midwives are introduced here as new participants in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
53EXO116t8f5וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר1In the UST, the phrase and **the king said**, is combined with “spoke” from [verse 15](../01/15.md) (ULT) because the verb for “say” is used twice before he speaks. Having two speech verbs may be strange in some languages. If it would be unnatural to say that the king spoke or said words twice, you may leave one off.
54EXO116zfcvfigs-youdualבְּ⁠יַלֶּדְ⁠כֶן֙…וּ⁠רְאִיתֶ֖ן…וַ⁠הֲמִתֶּ֣ן1The king is speaking to the two midwives, so the form of **you** is plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
55EXO116h3mbfigs-metonymyעַל־הָ⁠אָבְנָ֑יִם1on the birthstoolWomen sat on this short stool as they gave birth. Therefore, it was associated with birth. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the birthing process” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
56EXO116nms7grammar-connect-condition-hypotheticalאִם־בֵּ֥ן הוּא֙ וַ⁠הֲמִתֶּ֣ן אֹת֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אִם־בַּ֥ת הִ֖יא וָ⁠חָֽיָה1These two statements are hypothetical conditions (starting at **if**) with instructions for what the midwives should do in each situation (starting at **then**). Use a natural form in your language for hypothetical situations connected to instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
57EXO117gy7kgrammar-connect-logic-contrastוַ⁠תִּירֶ֤אןָ1**But** introduces a contrast to what was expected. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
58EXO118y9g5לַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֔ת1midwivesWomen whose work is to help other woman give birth to a baby are called **midwives**. See how you translated this in [Exodus 1:15](../01/15.md).
59EXO118y73kfigs-quotationsוַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לָ⁠הֶ֔ן מַדּ֥וּעַ עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ן הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה וַ⁠תְּחַיֶּ֖יןָ אֶת־הַ⁠יְלָדִֽים1If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate this quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “and he asked them why they were letting the sons live.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
60EXO118q1syמַדּ֥וּעַ עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ן הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה וַ⁠תְּחַיֶּ֖יןָ אֶת־הַ⁠יְלָדִֽים1Why have you done this, and let the baby boys live?Alternate translation: “Why have you not killed the baby boys?”
61EXO118o97ufigs-youdualעֲשִׂיתֶ֖ן1This **you** is plural. The king is speaking to the two midwives. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
62EXO119qbvygrammar-connect-logic-resultכִּ֣י לֹ֧א כַ⁠נָּשִׁ֛ים הַ⁠מִּצְרִיֹּ֖ת הָֽ⁠עִבְרִיֹּ֑ת כִּֽי־חָי֣וֹת הֵ֔נָּה בְּ⁠טֶ֨רֶם תָּב֧וֹא אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֛ן הַ⁠מְיַלֶּ֖דֶת וְ⁠יָלָֽדוּ1The midwives give a reason, **the Hebrew women are not like the Egyptian women**, and then they expand on that reason, **for they are lively** (or energetic), with the result that **before the midwife comes to them, they have given birth.** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
63EXO119cxu1figs-synecdocheוַ⁠תֹּאמַ֤רְןָ הַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹת֙1Here, **midwives said** means that a midwife spoke representing the thoughts of the group. It may not make sense in your language to say that multiple people said something, so you may need to translate it in the singular (see UST). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
64EXO119wl8hהַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹת֙1These were women who helped a woman give birth to a baby. See how you translated this in [Exodus 1:15](../01/15.md).
65EXO120eh25לַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֑ת1midwivesThese were women who helped a woman give birth to a baby. See how you translated this in [Exodus 1:15](../01/15.md).
66EXO120fj18writing-backgroundוַ⁠יִּ֧רֶב הָ⁠עָ֛ם וַ⁠יַּֽעַצְמ֖וּ מְאֹֽד1midwivesThis sentence gives background information about the events at the time. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
67EXO120h133figs-doubletוַ⁠יִּ֧רֶב…וַ⁠יַּֽעַצְמ֖וּ מְאֹֽד1The people increased in numbersThese words mean similar things and are used together to emphasize their numeric growth. If your language doesnt have as many words that mean the same thing, you can use fewer words and express the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
68EXO120eo1pgrammar-connect-logic-resultוַ⁠יֵּ֥יטֶב אֱלֹהִ֖ים לַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֑ת1This phrase is more logically connected to the statements in verse 21. It describes the result of the midwives fearing God with a general statement. If it would be more natural in your language, you could rearrange verses 20-21 so that the reason (verses 21) comes before both the general and specific results. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
69EXO121de53grammar-connect-logic-resultכִּֽי־יָֽרְא֥וּ הַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֖ת אֶת־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים1This is the reason for what God did. If it would be more natural in your language, you could rearrange verses 20-21 so that the reason (verses 21) comes before both the general and specific results. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
70EXO121pbvegrammar-connect-logic-resultוַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ לָ⁠הֶ֖ם בָּתִּֽים1This describes the result of the midwives fearing God with a specific statement. If it would be more natural in your language, you could rearrange verses 20-21 so that the reason (verses 21) comes before both the general and specific results. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
71EXO121jx9cבָּתִּֽים1he gave them familiesAlternate translation: “households”
72EXO122ld1jfigs-explicitכָּל־הַ⁠בֵּ֣ן הַ⁠יִּלּ֗וֹד הַ⁠יְאֹ֨רָ⁠ה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ1You must throw every son…into the riverThis order was given in order to drown the male Hebrew children. The full meaning of this may be made explicit. Alternate translation: “You must dispose of each new baby boy in the river so he will drown” or “Drown each baby boy in the river when he is born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
73EXO122a6b2figs-quotationsוַ⁠יְצַ֣ו פַּרְעֹ֔ה לְ⁠כָל־עַמּ֖⁠וֹ לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר כָּל־הַ⁠בֵּ֣ן הַ⁠יִּלּ֗וֹד הַ⁠יְאֹ֨רָ⁠ה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠בַּ֖ת תְּחַיּֽוּ⁠ן1From **You shall** to the end of the verse is a direct quote of Pharaohs speech. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. However, it could be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And Pharaoh commanded all of his people to throw every baby boy into the river, but to let every girl live.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
74EXO122stagfigs-youdualתַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ…תְּחַיּֽוּ⁠ן1The uses of the word **you** here refer to all the Egyptians. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
75EXO2introrwf30# Exodus 02 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>- v. 1-10: Moses birth and early life<br>- v. 11-15: Moses attempted intervention and flight<br>- v. 16-22: Moses settles in Midian<br>- v. 23-25: God sees the Israelites plight<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Covenant<br><br>At the end of the chapter, God begins to relate to the Israelites based on his covenant with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.<br><br>## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Identification of participants<br><br>* Moses is the only participant named in most of this chapter. This is because many of the participants play very minor roles and because this part of the story is focusing on Moses life.<br><br>### Moses heritage<br><br>In the first part of this chapter, Pharaohs daughter recognizes Moses as being a Hebrew, but in the last part of this chapter, the Midianites believe him to be an Egyptian. <br><br>### Ironic situations<br><br>* While Pharaoh tried to diminish the power of the Israelites by killing all of their baby boys, God used Pharaohs own daughter to save Moses.<br>* Moses believes he is meant to be the rescuer of his people, but they reject him. Ultimately, Moses was correct, but the people rejected him at this point (see Acts 7).
76EXO21wvj9writing-neweventוַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ1NowA new scene begins here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
77EXO21riy7writing-participantsאִ֖ישׁ…בַּת1These are new participants. They remain unnamed until [Exodus 6:20](../06/20.md) where they are identified as Amram and Jochebed. For now it is best to leave them unnamed in your language, if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
78EXO21mp7mfigs-idiomוַ⁠יִּקַּ֖ח אֶת־בַּת־לֵוִֽי1Here, **took a daughter** is an idiom for marrying. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
79EXO22s49kט֣וֹב1Alternative translations: “pleasing” or “fine”
80EXO22q4c0grammar-connect-logic-resultוַ⁠תֵּ֤רֶא…וַֽ⁠תִּצְפְּנֵ֖⁠הוּ1Hiding the boy was a result of seeing that he was good. Alternative translation: “Since she saw … she hid him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
81EXO22j2estranslate-numbersשְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה13 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
82EXO23t2gjtranslate-unknownתֵּ֣בַת גֹּ֔מֶא1papyrus basketThe **ark** is a basket made from a tall grass (**papyrus reeds**) that grows by the Nile River in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
83EXO23tn3yfigs-explicitוַ⁠תַּחְמְרָ֥⁠ה בַ⁠חֵמָ֖ר וּ⁠בַ⁠זָּ֑פֶת1sealed it with bitumen and pitchYou could explicitly state that this was to keep out water. Alternate translation: “and she daubed it with bitumen and with pitch to keep water from getting into it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
84EXO23wpb6translate-unknownוַ⁠תַּחְמְרָ֥⁠ה1sealedThis means that she applied a waterproof coating. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
85EXO23ym3ktranslate-unknownבַ⁠חֵמָ֖ר1bitumenThis is a sticky black substance made from oil. It can be used to keep out water. Alternate translation: “with tar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
86EXO23v825translate-unknownוּ⁠בַ⁠זָּ֑פֶת1pitchThis is a sticky brown or black substance that can be made from tree sap. It too can be used to keep out water. Alternate translation: “and with tar” or “and with resin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
87EXO23y8gqtranslate-unknownבַּ⁠סּ֖וּף1reedsThese **reeds** were a type of tall grass with wide blades that formed a flat surface when woven together. They grew in flat, wet areas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
88EXO24av8bוַ⁠תֵּתַצַּ֥ב אֲחֹת֖⁠וֹ מֵ⁠רָחֹ֑ק1at a distanceThis means she stood far enough away so that she would not be noticed, but close enough to see the ark. Use a word that expresses this sort of distance in your language.
89EXO24uf14figs-abstractnounsמֵ⁠רָחֹ֑ק1This probably means somewhere in the reeds where she could see the basket, but no one would see her. If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **distance** in another way. Alternate translation: “not far away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
90EXO24ruvbtranslate-kinshipאֲחֹת֖⁠וֹ1Here, the actions of **his sister** show that she was older. If your language uses a different term for siblings based on their relative ages or the gender of the siblings or both, use one that means “a boys older sister.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
91EXO24z1cygrammar-connect-logic-goalלְ⁠דֵעָ֕ה מַה־יֵּעָשֶׂ֖ה לֽ⁠וֹ1This is her purpose in being close by. Use a natural way in your language for indicating purpose. Alternative translation: “in order to learn what would happen to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
92EXO25m3i0figs-goוַ⁠תֵּ֤רֶד1**Came down** may be literal or figurative, as important places are often considered to be in a higher place. This means she came from her home, probably Pharaohs palace. If a perspective is required for Pharaohs daughter, you may choose go or come as works best in your language. “Come” is better as the scene is at the river and she comes to the scene location. However, you also need to consider your languages way of introducing new participants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
93EXO25y26hwriting-participantsוַ⁠תֵּ֤רֶד בַּת־פַּרְעֹה֙1The **daughter of Pharaoh** is introduced here as a new participant. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
94EXO25jjkewriting-participantsוְ⁠נַעֲרֹתֶ֥י⁠הָ1These women are introduced here as new participants; however, they are not mentioned again after this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
95EXO25im0dfigs-metaphorעַל־יַ֣ד הַ⁠יְאֹ֑ר1Here, **hand** is a metaphor for side or, as relating to a river, shore. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you can simply translate the meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
96EXO25bi7sוְ⁠נַעֲרֹתֶ֥י⁠הָ1her attendantsThese were the young women whose job it was to be with her and make sure nothing bad happened to her.
97EXO25am7gwriting-pronounsוַ⁠תִּקָּחֶֽ⁠הָ1It is not clear who is meant by **she** here, either Pharaohs daughter or the servant. It is likely that Pharaohs daughter remains the subject. Alternative translation: “and she took the ark from her slave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
98EXO26g9n6figs-exclamationsוְ⁠הִנֵּה1BeholdThe word **behold** signals the surprising information that follows. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
99EXO26tyubgrammar-connect-logic-resultוַ⁠תַּחְמֹ֣ל עָלָ֔י⁠ו1The text does not state exactly what caused her to have compassion on the baby. If a reason must be provided in your language, it should be connected to either his crying (this is the better option) or that he was a “good” baby ([verse 2](../02/02.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
100EXO26jg0dfigs-quotemarksמִ⁠יַּלְדֵ֥י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֖ים זֶֽה1This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. It seems to have been said loud enough for the babys sister to hear. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
101EXO27x5jaוְ⁠קָרָ֤אתִי לָ⁠ךְ֙ אִשָּׁ֣ה מֵינֶ֔קֶת מִ֖ן הָ⁠עִבְרִיֹּ֑ת1This is a suggestive question. The childs sister is hopeful that Pharaohs daughter does not yet have a plan for the baby beyond saving his life. However, it is still a true question, for without Pharaohs daughters permission, the childs sister will not be able to fetch the woman. If your language has a way of forming questions that are also suggestions, use it here.
102EXO27d7ajמֵינֶ֔קֶת…וְ⁠תֵינִ֥ק1nurseHere, **nursing** or **to nurse** means to feed with milk from the breast.
103EXO27tqq9grammar-connect-logic-goalוְ⁠תֵינִ֥ק לָ֖⁠ךְ אֶת־הַ⁠יָּֽלֶד1This is the purpose of the sisters proposal. Use a natural way in your language for indicating purpose. Alternative translation: “And she could nurse the infant for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
104EXO28ab1mfigs-goלֵ֑כִי…וַ⁠תֵּ֨לֶךְ֙1The girl left Pharaohs daughter to go to the childs mother. The girl was almost certainly on foot. Use verbs of motion that express this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
105EXO29u554writing-participantsלָ֣⁠הּ1The childs mother is reintroduced as a participant. Use the natural form in your language for reintroducing a character. Alternative translation: “to the babys mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
106EXO29moggשְׂכָרֵ֑⁠ךְ1This refers to payment that Pharaohs daughter would give to the mother in exchange for her service of nursing the baby.
107EXO29hqsafigs-explicitוַ⁠תִּקַּ֧ח…וַ⁠תְּנִיקֵֽ⁠הוּ1The mothers acceptance of the deal is implied. You could make it explicit, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
108EXO210zj8hgrammar-connect-time-sequentialוַ⁠יִגְדַּ֣ל הַ⁠יֶּ֗לֶד וַ⁠תְּבִאֵ֨⁠הוּ֙1she brought him**And the child grew older** marks an unspecified amount of time. He would have stayed with his mother at least until he was weaned (no longer feeding on his mothers milk). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
109EXO210j7n1וַֽ⁠יְהִי־לָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠בֵ֑ן1he became her sonAlternate translation: “and he became the adopted son of Pharaohs daughter”
110EXO210h7togrammar-connect-time-simultaneousוַֽ⁠יְהִי־לָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠בֵ֑ן וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֤א שְׁמ⁠וֹ֙ מֹשֶׁ֔ה1These events were likely simultaneous, because her act of naming him may have been what made him become **as a son to her**. Consider using a conjunction that does not make a great separation between these events. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
111EXO210nh2mמֹשֶׁ֔ה וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר כִּ֥י מִן־הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם מְשִׁיתִֽ⁠הוּ1Because I drew him from the waterTranslators may add a footnote that says, “The name Moses sounds like the Hebrew word that means draw out.’”
112EXO210ityqfigs-quotationsוַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר כִּ֥י מִן־הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם מְשִׁיתִֽ⁠הוּ1**For** begins a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “because she said she drew him out of the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
113EXO211tyolgrammar-connect-time-sequentialוַ⁠יְהִ֣י ׀ בַּ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ⁠הֵ֗ם וַ⁠יִּגְדַּ֤ל מֹשֶׁה֙ וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א1A significant amount of time has passed; later texts state that Moses was 40 years old at this point. Alternative translation: “Many years later, once Moses was grown, he went out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
114EXO211p7gxwriting-neweventוַ⁠יְהִ֣י ׀ בַּ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ⁠הֵ֗1This introduces a new event in the story. In your language, use a phrase that indicates a new event occurring after significant time has passed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
115EXO211uy39figs-goוַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א1The UST supplies a probable location that he **went out** from; it could also have been simply out from the Egyptian area or out to the work area or cities. Use go or come as appropriate in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
116EXO211swn3מַכֶּ֥ה אִישׁ־עִבְרִ֖י1striking a HebrewAlternate translation: “hitting a Hebrew” or “beating a Hebrew”
117EXO212m9bnfigs-merismוַ⁠יִּ֤פֶן כֹּה֙ וָ⁠כֹ֔ה1He looked this way and that wayThese two opposite directions have the combined meaning of “everywhere.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “He looked all around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
118EXO212rmgnfigs-explicitוַ⁠יַּךְ֙1The context makes clear that Moses struck the Egyptian hard enough or repeatedly until Moses killed him. Consider using a word that indicates a deadly blow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
119EXO213qn45figs-goוַ⁠יֵּצֵא֙1He went outSee how you translated this in [Exodus 2:11](../02/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
120EXO213wqrmtranslate-ordinalהַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י1The ordinal number here could mean “the next day” (UST) or simply on some day following the events of the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
121EXO213rgn1figs-exclamationsוְ⁠הִנֵּ֛ה1beholdHere, **behold** shows that Moses was surprised by what he saw. You can use a word in your language that will give this meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
122EXO213i4d6לָֽ⁠רָשָׁ֔ע1the one who was in the wrongBased on Moses question, this means the aggressor or the man wrongfully attacking his neighbor. Alternate translation: “the man who was guilty of starting the fight”
123EXO214qb2nfigs-rquestionמִ֣י שָֽׂמְ⁠ךָ֞ לְ⁠אִ֨ישׁ שַׂ֤ר וְ⁠שֹׁפֵט֙ עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ1Who made you a leader and judge over us?The man is not asking a question, he is using this question to rebuke Moses for intervening in the fight. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are not our leader and have no right to judge us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
124EXO214k6s5figs-ironyהַ⁠לְ⁠הָרְגֵ֨⁠נִי֙ אַתָּ֣ה אֹמֵ֔ר כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָרַ֖גְתָּ אֶת־הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֑י1Are you planning to kill me as you killed that Egyptian?The man used a question here to be sarcastic. Alternate translation: “We know that you killed an Egyptian yesterday. You had better not kill me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
125EXO214l62dfigs-rquestionהַ⁠לְ⁠הָרְגֵ֨⁠נִי֙ אַתָּ֣ה אֹמֵ֔ר כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָרַ֖גְתָּ אֶת־הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֑י1Again, the man asks a question that is intended to make a statement. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Do you think you can kill me without anyone finding out? We know what you did to the Egyptian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
126EXO214d2jaהַ⁠לְ⁠הָרְגֵ֨⁠נִי֙ אַתָּ֣ה אֹמֵ֔ר1Alternate translation: “Are you planning to kill me” or “Are you threatening to kill me”
127EXO214lyqhfigs-asideוַ⁠יֹּאמַ֔ר1**Certainly the thing is known** was likely something Moses said to himself, that is, he thought it to himself rather than speaking to the men in front of him. If this would be confusing in your language, you might introduce it as a thought. Alternate translation: “and thought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
128EXO214vfw5figs-quotationsוַ⁠יֹּאמַ֔ר אָכֵ֖ן נוֹדַ֥ע הַ⁠דָּבָֽר1It may be clearer to present what was likely a thought Moses had as an indirect quotation. Alternative translation (as indirect quotation): “because he thought that everyone knew what he had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
129EXO215yutrוַ⁠יְבַקֵּ֖שׁ לַ⁠הֲרֹ֣ג אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֑ה1Pharaoh most likely delegated this task. Alternative translation: “and he sought to have Moses killed” (note that the passive form will not work in every language)
130EXO215l5rcfigs-metonymyמִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י1His **face** means his presence. Alternate translation: “from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
131EXO215otslוַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב…וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב1In Hebrew, these are the same verb. In English, they could be translated as “settle,” which can mean to dwell in a certain place, but it can also mean to lower ones body into a seated position. This could mean: (1) Moses lived in Midian. He sat by this well one day. This may have been the well for the town he lived in. (2) Moses lived in Midian. His home was by this well. (3) Moses was a wanderer. He was in Midian and sat by this well when the next event occurred.
132EXO216shg5writing-backgroundוּ⁠לְ⁠כֹהֵ֥ן מִדְיָ֖ן שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת1Now the priest of Midian had seven daughtersThis sentence is background information. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
133EXO216pjzcwriting-neweventוּ⁠לְ⁠כֹהֵ֥ן מִדְיָ֖ן שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת1This sentence marks a scene transition. However, the last clause of the previous verse (“and he sat down by a well”) seems to be related to this new scene, so you may want to make your transition before that, as is done in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
134EXO216cfe5writing-participantsבָּנ֑וֹת1The **daughters** are new participants. Use the natural form in your language for introducing new characters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
135EXO216sm8ffigs-goוַ⁠תָּבֹ֣אנָה1The perspective of the narrative is set at the well. The daughters came from elsewhere to the well. They were probably on foot. Here each language will need to choose the appropriate motion word. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
136EXO216esdmtranslate-numbersשֶׁ֣בַע17 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
137EXO216i2jhוַ⁠תִּדְלֶ֗נָה1drew waterThis means that they brought up water from a well.
138EXO216g1e6translate-unknownהָ֣⁠רְהָטִ֔ים1troughsThe **troughs** were long, narrow, open containers for animals to eat or drink out of. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
139EXO217k5ycfigs-goוַ⁠יָּבֹ֥אוּ1A group of **men came**. They may not have been far away before coming and driving the women away. Use an appropriate form of moving verb. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
140EXO217zksvwriting-participantsהָ⁠רֹעִ֖ים1These are new characters only seen briefly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
141EXO217z17mgrammar-connect-logic-contrastוַ⁠יָּ֤קָם1helped themUse an expression that communicates that what Moses did was unexpected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
142EXO218omzvfigs-goוַ⁠תָּבֹ֕אנָה1The daughters came from the well to their father, probably on foot. You can use either come or go, whichever is more natural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
143EXO218t78ytranslate-namesרְעוּאֵ֖ל1**Reuel**, a name or perhaps a title, is used of the man only here and in Numbers 10:29. He is otherwise called “Jethro.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
144EXO218juquwriting-participantsרְעוּאֵ֖ל1The priest of Midian was mentioned in [v. 16](../02/16.md) in a background statement but is a new character starting here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
145EXO218lukbfigs-quotationsוַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר מַדּ֛וּעַ מִהַרְתֶּ֥ן בֹּ֖א הַ⁠יּֽוֹם1If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “and he asked how they were able to return so quickly that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
146EXO218hq6yfigs-goבֹּ֖א1Alternative translation: “in returning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
147EXO219w57eאִ֣ישׁ מִצְרִ֔י1Jethros daughters assume Moses was Egyptian. When you translate it, you should be clear that this refers to Moses.
148EXO219hvb4figs-metonymyמִ⁠יַּ֣ד1Here, **hand** figuratively refers to the power, control, or actions of the shepherds. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “from the strength of” or “from the harm of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
149EXO219a7v2figs-idiomדָּלֹ֤ה דָלָה֙1This expresses surprise or emphasizes the magnitude of Moses act of kindness to the women. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
150EXO220x9ybfigs-rquestionוְ⁠אַיּ֑⁠וֹ לָ֤⁠מָּה זֶּה֙ עֲזַבְתֶּ֣ן אֶת־הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ1Why did you leave the man?These questions are a mild rebuke to the daughters for not inviting Moses into their home according to the normal hospitality of that culture. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not have left this man at the well!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
151EXO220mb8wwriting-pronounsל֖⁠וֹ1Here, **him** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
152EXO220hal8figs-synecdocheלָֽחֶם1Here, **bread** is used to refer to food in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternative translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
153EXO221zvr1וַ⁠יּ֥וֹאֶל מֹשֶׁ֖ה לָ⁠שֶׁ֣בֶת אֶת־הָ⁠אִ֑ישׁ1Moses agreed to stay with the manAlternate translation: “Moses agreed to live with Reuel”
154EXO221y3q7translate-namesצִפֹּרָ֥ה1Zipporah**Zipporah** is Reuels (Jethros) daughter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
155EXO222l3xgfigs-quotemarksגֵּ֣ר הָיִ֔יתִי בְּ⁠אֶ֖רֶץ נָכְרִיָּֽה1Only this portion is a quotation. As a possibility for clarity, the UST includes both speech events as one quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
156EXO222f76mtranslate-namesגֵּרְשֹׁ֑ם1His name, **Gershom**, sounds somewhat like the Hebrew for “a stranger here.” You may consider using a footnote to explain that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
157EXO222q7d8גֵּ֣ר הָיִ֔יתִי בְּ⁠אֶ֖רֶץ נָכְרִיָּֽה1resident in a foreign landAlternate translation: “stranger in a foreign land”
158EXO223fjktwriting-neweventוַ⁠יְהִי֩ בַ⁠יָּמִ֨ים הָֽ⁠רַבִּ֜ים הָ⁠הֵ֗ם וַ⁠יָּ֨מָת֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ מִצְרַ֔יִם1This introduces a new section and series of events. A large amount of time went by. According to Stephens sermon in Acts 7:30, Moses was in Midian 40 years. Alternative translation: “This is what happened during the many days Moses was in Midian. The king of Egypt died.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
159EXO223ym88writing-background0Verses 23-25 give a summary of what happened in Egypt and with the Israelites and God while Moses was in exile. These verses give background information to set the scene. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
160EXO223csg2וַ⁠יֵּאָנְח֧וּ1groanedThey **groaned** because of their sorrow and misery. Alternate translation: “sighed deeply”
161EXO223x84afigs-personificationוַ⁠תַּ֧עַל שַׁוְעָתָ֛⁠ם אֶל־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים1their pleas went up to GodThe **plea** of the Israelites are spoken of as if they were a person and were able to travel up to where God is. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and God heard their pleading” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
162EXO224sja4figs-idiomוַ⁠יִּזְכֹּ֤ר אֱלֹהִים֙1God called to mind his covenantThis a common biblical way of saying that God thought about what He had promised. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “and God recalled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
163EXO3intron6ze0# Exodus 03 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>This chapter is one conversation in which Yahweh begins to commission and send Moses to rescue the Israelites.<br><br>This chapter records one of the most important events in the history of the Israelite people: the revelation of the name Yahweh at the burning bush. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Gods holiness<br><br>God is so holy that people can not look upon him without dying. This is why Moses covered his eyes. It is also why he took off his shoes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Yahweh<br><br>The name Yahweh is the personal name of God, which he revealed to Moses. Yahweh is probably related to the phrase “I am” which he tells Moses in verse 14. Some translations use all capitals to set this apart: “I AM.” Great care must be taken in translating the phrase “I am that I am.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]])<br><br>## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Participants<br><br>“The angel of Yahweh,” “Yahweh,” and “God” all appear to be speaking to Moses and interacting with him from the burning bush. Furthermore, God says that his name is “I AM.” (See note above on Yahweh and I AM.) Yahweh and God are the same, while there is speculation about who the angel of Yahweh is.
164EXO31gqvhwriting-neweventוּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֗ה הָיָ֥ה רֹעֶ֛ה1This phrase brings the story focus back to Midian and Moses. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
165EXO31oqcrwriting-background0Verse 1 provides immediate background context, setting the scene for Moses interaction with Yahweh. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
166EXO31l7x6figs-possessionכֹּהֵ֣ן מִדְיָ֑ן1This is a possessive of social relationship. **Jethro** is a **priest** who serves the Midianites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
167EXO31v97tfigs-goוַ⁠יָּבֹ֛א אֶל1Alternate translation: “and he arrived at” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
168EXO31p27sfigs-possessionהַ֥ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים1This is an associative possessive. This mountain was associated with God in some way. In [Exodus 3:12](../03/12.md) God tells Moses that he and the Israelites will serve him on this mountain. Later in the story, this promise is fulfilled, and it is where God makes his covenant with Israel and gives them the 10 Commandments. So it may have been called **the mountain of God** in retrospect (as Moses probably wrote this book sometime after the Israelites were wandering in the wilderness). However, it is possible that the mountain was already somehow associated with Gods presence or worship before Moses went there with the flock. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
169EXO32p0ntוַ֠⁠יֵּרָא מַלְאַ֨ךְ יְהֹוָ֥ה אֵלָ֛י⁠ו בְּ⁠לַבַּת־אֵ֖שׁ מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠סְּנֶ֑ה1This is a summary of what happened. The next few verses tell the story of how this happened and how Moses discovered what was happening.
170EXO32x5ciיְהֹוָ֥ה1YahwehThis is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
171EXO32d3tfgrammar-connect-logic-contrastוְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה הַ⁠סְּנֶה֙ בֹּעֵ֣ר בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ וְ⁠הַ⁠סְּנֶ֖ה אֵינֶ֥⁠נּוּ אֻכָּֽל1beholdThe word **behold** here shows that Moses saw something that was very different from what he expected. He expected the bush to be burnt up completely by the fire. Consider using an interjection in your language that expresses that what follows is a surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
172EXO32jmz0figs-metonymyאֻכָּֽל1Here, **being consumed** means being eaten completely until gone. In the case of fire, this is a metonym for burning completely until gone. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “destroyed by the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
173EXO33fpwwfigs-quotemarksאָסֻֽרָה־נָּ֣א וְ⁠אֶרְאֶ֔ה אֶת־הַ⁠מַּרְאֶ֥ה הַ⁠גָּדֹ֖ל הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה מַדּ֖וּעַ לֹא־יִבְעַ֥ר הַ⁠סְּנֶֽה1This is a direct quote. Its not specified who Moses spoke to; he may have been alone or with a group of shepherds or his family. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
174EXO33jbuefigs-abstractnounsאֶת־הַ⁠מַּרְאֶ֥ה הַ⁠גָּדֹ֖ל1If your language does not use an abstract noun for something strange that someone sees, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **sight** in another way. Alternate translation: “unusual thing that I see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
175EXO34ue8vיְהוָ֖ה…אֱלֹהִ֜ים1These terms both refer to the same being, since Gods name is Yahweh.
176EXO35prv9grammar-connect-logic-resultכִּ֣י הַ⁠מָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר אַתָּה֙ עוֹמֵ֣ד עָלָ֔י⁠ו אַדְמַת־קֹ֖דֶשׁ הֽוּא1set apartThis is the reason Moses must stop coming close to the burning bush and take off his sandals. If it would be more natural in your language, you could put the reason before the commands, as in, “The place on which you are standing, it is holy ground, so you must not come close to here. Take your sandals off from on your feet.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
177EXO36sxk8אָנֹכִי֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֑ב1the God of your father, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of JacobAll of these men worshiped the same God. Alternate translation: “the God of your father, of Abraham, of Isaac, and of Jacob”
178EXO36fgymfigs-quotemarksאָנֹכִי֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֑ב1This a direct quotation. The UST continues the quotation from verse 5 rather than including an additional “he said.” This may be more natural in some languages. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate the direct quotation with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
179EXO36l5syאָבִ֔י⁠ךָ1your fatherThis could mean (1) “your father,” if it means “your father,” then it refers to Moses own father (2) “your ancestor,” if it means “your ancestor,” then the phrases following it clarify who “your father” refers to: it refers to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. In most cases, it will be best to translate it as “your father,” i.e. Amram, Moses father.
180EXO36lfbbgrammar-connect-logic-resultוַ⁠יַּסְתֵּ֤ר מֹשֶׁה֙ פָּנָ֔י⁠ו כִּ֣י יָרֵ֔א מֵ⁠הַבִּ֖יט אֶל־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים1Reason: **for he was afraid from staring toward God** Result: **And Moses hid his face** If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]] and [Exodus 33:20](../33/20.md))
181EXO37nl33figs-quotemarksוַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה1After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues through the end of [verse 10](../03/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
182EXO37xoz0figs-idiomרָאֹ֥ה רָאִ֛יתִי1The Hebrew practice of verb repetition for intensification cannot be directly translated into English. Here, “see” is repeated in Hebrew. This expresses the intensity, certainty, or clarity of Yahwehs having **seen** how his people were suffering. Use a natural form of strengthening a verb from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
183EXO37tpk0figs-possessionאֶת־עֳנִ֥י עַמִּ֖⁠י1There are two possessives here: (1) “affliction of … people”: This is an event-related possessive where the people are the objects of affliction. They are treated badly as slaves. (2) “my people”: This one is more difficult as it involves both ownership and the possessive of social relationship. God views his people as his possession, and he is also in relationship with them as their God because they are descended from Abraham, though at this time they may not know God as theirs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
184EXO37nbftfigs-abstractnounsעֳנִ֥י עַמִּ֖⁠י אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠מִצְרָ֑יִם1If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **affliction** in another way. Alternate translation: “how my people who are in Egypt are afflicted” or “how the Egyptians afflict my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
185EXO37p3txfigs-metonymyמִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י נֹֽגְשָׂ֔י⁠ו1Here, **faces** refers to the whole person or the presence of the person(s) who were oppressing the Israelites. If this image is used in your language, you may translate it. If a similar image is used, you may consider using it. If neither is the case, you may omit the word “face” and translate the meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
186EXO37xx7rנֹֽגְשָׂ֔י⁠ו1taskmastersAlternate translation: “his oppressors”
187EXO37ofxtכִּ֥י1Here, **surely** is intensifying the expression of Yahwehs knowledge. Your translation should express Yahwehs knowing with certainty or strength.
188EXO37mfn2grammar-collectivenounsנֹֽגְשָׂ֔י⁠ו…מַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו1These pronouns, **him** and **his**, refer to the Israelites as a group in the singular. They agree with “people” as a collective noun in [3:6](../03/06.md). Some languages may have to use plural pronouns. Others may have to match the pronouns gender to the grammatical gender of the word for “people” in their language. If necessary, change “him” to “them” or change “his” to “hers” or “its” (depending on grammatical gender of “people.”) Alternate translation: “those who oppress them … their anguish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
189EXO37hkcjfigs-possessionמַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו1This is an event-related possessive where the people (as a group: **his**) are the subjects of **anguish.** Your translation should express that they are deeply distressed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
190EXO37ui28figs-explicitמַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו1It is implied that they are deeply distressed because they are treated badly as slaves. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “his anguish from his slavery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
191EXO37zth8figs-abstractnounsמַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו1If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **anguish** in another way. Alternate translation: “how distressed they are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
192EXO38a1yvgrammar-connect-logic-result0Verse 8 contains Gods intended result from his acts of seeing and hearing, expressed in both verses 7 and 9. You may need to expressly mark this, for instance by introducing verse 8 with something like “Therefore,” and verse 9 with something like “Again, because.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
193EXO38xy36figs-goוָ⁠אֵרֵ֞ד1God is figuratively expressing that he is descending from heaven to earth to intervene. God is always everywhere, but this phrase means that his special attention will be directed to this situation. Use whatever form of come or go is appropriate in your language for this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
194EXO38nahbgrammar-collectivenounsלְ⁠הַצִּיל֣⁠וֹ…וּֽ⁠לְ⁠הַעֲלֹת⁠וֹ֮1Here, **him** refers in the singular to the Israelites as a group. It is agreeing with “people” as a collective noun in [3:6](../03/06.md). Some languages may have to use plural pronouns. Others may have to match the pronouns gender to the grammatical gender of the word for “people” in their language. See what you did in the [previous verse](../03/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
195EXO38bi4efigs-metaphorמִ⁠יַּ֣ד1Someones **hand** is a common Biblical metaphor for power and control. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
196EXO38djbzfigs-possessionמִ⁠יַּ֣ד מִצְרַ֗יִם1This is a possessive where the Egyptians are the subject of **the hand**, which means power. The Egyptians used their power and control to oppress the Israelites. Use a phrase in your language that expresses the idea of a group of people having power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
197EXO38mqypfigs-parallelismאֶל־אֶ֤רֶץ טוֹבָה֙ וּ⁠רְחָבָ֔ה אֶל־אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ1There are multiple levels of parallelism here. First, the statements, **to a good and wide land** and **to a land flowing with milk and honey** are in parallel with each other. Within each of those, **good** and **wide** are in parallel with each other, and **milk** and **honey**are in parallel with each other. Each of these levels is meant to reinforce and expand upon one another. These are not examples of synonymous parallelism, and each part of the statement should be translated. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
198EXO38xs87figs-metonymyחָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ1Here, **milk** is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; **honey** is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. The next note explains further. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
199EXO38pxy8figs-metaphorאֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ1a land flowing with milk and honeyGod spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. If this metaphor makes sense in your language, you may translate it. If your language has metaphors that mean a land is good for producing healthy livestock and good crops, you may consider using those. If neither is the case, you may translate the meaning. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
200EXO38dtz9זָבַ֥ת1flowing withAlternate translation: “full of” or “with an abundance of”
201EXO38q94ifigs-metonymyחָלָ֖ב1milkSince milk comes from cows and goats, this represents food produced by livestock. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
202EXO38l1asfigs-metonymyוּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ1honeySince honey is produced from flowers, this represents food from crops. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
203EXO39a2kffigs-parallelism0This verse parallels [verse 7](../03/07.md). Yahweh is restating that the Israelites plight has gotten his attention. This creates emphasis and connection to what Yahweh will do with what Moses will do as Yahwehs appointed leader. If this repetition would confuse your readers consider a paragraph break at the start of this verse to separate the two parallel statements or use some other strategy of emphasis and connection that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
204EXO39tp2vfigs-exclamationsהִנֵּ֛ה1This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “certainly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
205EXO39uup9figs-personificationצַעֲקַ֥ת בְּנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בָּ֣אָה אֵלָ֑⁠י1the shouts of the people of Israel have come to meHere, **the cry** is spoken of as if it were a person who is capable of moving on his own. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I have heard the cries of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
206EXO39gwoufigs-abstractnounsרָאִ֨יתִי֙ אֶת־הַ⁠לַּ֔חַץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִצְרַ֖יִם לֹחֲצִ֥ים אֹתָֽ⁠ם1If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **oppression** in another way. Alternate translation: “I have seen how the Egyptians are oppressing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
207EXO310y4m1grammar-connect-logic-resultוְ⁠עַתָּ֣ה1**And now** functions as a discourse marker expressing logical conclusion. “So then,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
208EXO311y8crfigs-rquestionמִ֣י אָנֹ֔כִי כִּ֥י אֵלֵ֖ךְ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה וְ⁠כִ֥י אוֹצִ֛יא אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם1Who am I, that I should go to Pharaoh…Egypt?Moses uses this question to tell God that he, Moses, is not the right person for the task. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
209EXO312xugffigs-youdualתַּֽעַבְדוּ⁠ן֙1If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
210EXO313lqmsgrammar-connect-condition-hypotheticalהִנֵּ֨ה אָנֹכִ֣י בָא֮ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ וְ⁠אָמַרְתִּ֣י לָ⁠הֶ֔ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם שְׁלָחַ֣⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם וְ⁠אָֽמְרוּ־לִ֣⁠י מַה־שְּׁמ֔⁠וֹ1Moses presents God with a hypothetical situation here. The three events (**go, say, say**) are part of one hypothetical event. You should translate this in a way that makes it clear that this is a future, not-yet-real event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
211EXO313jq42הִנֵּ֨ה1**Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. In this case, Moses uses it to introduce what he views as a probable future occurrence. Alternative translation: “Now”
212EXO313e03nfigs-goבָא֮1In your language, use **go** or “come” as makes most sense for Moses hypothetical action of going from the mountain to where the Israelites are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
213EXO313m9uyfigs-quotesinquotesאֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם שְׁלָחַ֣⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם1This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. However, you may also choose to translate it as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that the God of their fathers has sent me to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
214EXO313ru0afigs-metonymyאֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם1Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “The God of your ancestors” or “The God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
215EXO313bkeigrammar-connect-logic-resultמָ֥ה אֹמַ֖ר אֲלֵ⁠הֶֽם1Moses is asking God what he should do as a result of the hypothetical situation he presented. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
216EXO314cli8אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה1God said to Moses, “I AM THAT I AM.”This is Gods response to Moses question about Gods name. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “God said to Moses, Tell them that God says his name is “I AM THAT I AM.”’”
217EXO314b6vkאֶֽהְיֶ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה1I AM THAT I AMThis could mean: (1) this whole sentence is Gods name or (2) God is not telling his name but something about himself. By saying this, God is teaching that he is eternal; he has always lived and always will live.
218EXO314s62uאֶֽהְיֶ֖ה…אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה…אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה1I AMLanguages that do not have an equivalent to the verb “am” may need to render this as “I LIVE” or “I EXIST.”
219EXO314t745וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר1This indicates that God is still speaking. It may make more sense to omit this in some languages.
220EXO314vigcfigs-quotesinquotesאֶֽהְיֶ֖ה שְׁלָחַ֥⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם1This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. However, you may also choose to translate it as an indirect quotation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
221EXO315ubw7וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֩ ע֨וֹד אֱלֹהִ֜ים אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה1As God is still speaking, it may make more sense to omit this in some languages.
222EXO315i6lgfigs-quotemarksאֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה1After this phrase, a direct quotation begins that continues until [the end of chapter 3 at verse 22](../03/22.md). This section contains four levels of quotations as God tells Moses to tell the Israelite elders a specific message from God. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
223EXO315l962figs-quotesinquotesיְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֗ם אֱלֹהֵ֨י אַבְרָהָ֜ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֛ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹ֖ב שְׁלָחַ֣⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם זֶה־שְּׁמִ֣⁠י לְ⁠עֹלָ֔ם וְ⁠זֶ֥ה זִכְרִ֖⁠י לְ⁠דֹ֥ר דֹּֽר1This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. It may be possible to translate it as an indirect quotation, but you will need to be careful to correctly change the pronoun persons. Alternative translation: “You must tell the Israelites that Yahweh, the God of their fathers, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob, sent you to them. This is his name forever, and this is his memorial from generation to generation.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
224EXO315d91kfigs-metonymyאֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֗ם1Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of your ancestors” or “the God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
225EXO315ixcbfigs-merismלְ⁠דֹ֥ר דֹּֽר1The repetition of **generation** is indicating “to each and every generation” which figuratively means “for all people at all times.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
226EXO316ec3vfigs-quotemarksיְהוָ֞ה1General Information:This begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [verse 17](../03/17.md). It contains a third-level quotation that begins at “I have certainly” and also continues to the end of verse 17. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. The closing marks for both the second and third-level quotations should not occur until the end of verse 17. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
227EXO316usasfigs-metonymyאֱלֹהֵ֤י אֲבֹֽתֵי⁠כֶם֙1Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of your ancestors” or “the God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
228EXO316xqy9אַבְרָהָ֛ם יִצְחָ֥ק וְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֖ב1the God of your ancestors, the God of Abraham, of Isaac, and of JacobAbraham, Isaac, and Jacob were three of the Israelites ancestors. They all worshiped the same God.
229EXO316dvszfigs-quotemarksפָּקֹ֤ד פָּקַ֨דְתִּי֙1This begins a third-level quotation that continues until the end of [verse 17](../03/17.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening third-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation that is within a quotation. The closing marks for both the second-level and third-level quotations should not occur until the end of verse 17. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
230EXO316efhhfigs-idiomפָּקֹ֤ד פָּקַ֨דְתִּי֙1The word translated **attended** often means God is coming to take action. Translate this phrase in a way that communicates Gods focused, caring observation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
231EXO316p258figs-idiomפָּקֹ֤ד פָּקַ֨דְתִּי֙1Here, **attended** is repeated in Hebrew. The Hebrew practice of verb repetition for intensification cannot be directly translated into English. This expresses the intensity, certainty, or clarity of Yahwehs having **attended to** how his people were suffering. Use a natural form of strengthening a verb from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
232EXO316fv77figs-youdualאֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם1I have indeed observed youThe word **you** refers to the people of Israel. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
233EXO316q4enfigs-activepassiveהֶ⁠עָשׂ֥וּי1The focus of this passive is the mistreatment being **done to** the Israelites, not on who is doing it. In fact, **in Egypt** further dissociates the actors from this sentence. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
234EXO316johwfigs-metonymyבְּ⁠מִצְרָֽיִם1The phrase **in Egypt** is a metonym for the Egyptian oppressors. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “by the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
235EXO317elojfigs-quotemarks0If you are using direct quotations, at the end of this verse you should have three closing markers. In English, it looks like (without spaces). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
236EXO317c54kfigs-quotesinquotesאַעֲלֶ֣ה אֶתְ⁠כֶם֮ מֵ⁠עֳנִ֣י מִצְרַיִם֒ אֶל־אֶ֤רֶץ הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙ וְ⁠הַ֣⁠חִתִּ֔י וְ⁠הָֽ⁠אֱמֹרִי֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֔י וְ⁠הַ⁠חִוִּ֖י וְ⁠הַ⁠יְבוּסִ֑י אֶל־אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ1This is a fourth-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer three levels. Alternatively, it can be translated as an indirect quotation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
237EXO317r8mgfigs-idiomאַעֲלֶ֣ה1Regardless of the geographic realities, to **bring up** does not primarily have a literal meaning. Rather, it means to bring the Israelites into a better situation. God promised to bring them up from their low status as slaves to a place where they would be the masters of a good land. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
238EXO317x1o0figs-abstractnounsמֵ⁠עֳנִ֣י1See how you translated **affliction** in [3:7](../03/07.md). Alternate translation: “from being afflicted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
239EXO317wyvtfigs-metonymyחָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ1Here, **milk** is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; **honey** is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. The next note explains further. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
240EXO317pwn5figs-metaphorאֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ1a land flowing with milk and honeyGod spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. See how you translated this in [Exodus 3:8](../03/08.md). Alternate translation: “a land that is excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” or “a land where milk and honey flow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
241EXO317za9lזָבַ֥ת1flowing withAlternate translation: “full of” or “with an abundance of”
242EXO317rtr5figs-metonymyחָלָ֖ב1milkSince milk comes from cows and goats, this represents food produced by livestock. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
243EXO317msf8figs-metonymyוּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ1honeySince honey is produced from flowers, this represents food from crops. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
244EXO318cy2zfigs-idiomוְ⁠שָׁמְע֖וּ לְ⁠קֹלֶ֑⁠ךָ1**Listen** often means “hear and do/obey.” If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternative translation: “And they will pay attention to your voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
245EXO318j24kwriting-pronounsלְ⁠קֹלֶ֑⁠ךָ…אַתָּה֩1They will listen to youHere, **your** and **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
246EXO318w742figs-synecdocheלְ⁠קֹלֶ֑⁠ךָ1This phrase means the elders will listen to the message Moses brings from God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “to your message” or “to my message which you tell them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
247EXO318r74ofigs-possessionוְ⁠זִקְנֵ֨י יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל1This is a possessive of social relationship. Alternative translation: “elders in charge of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
248EXO318eep7grammar-collectivenounsיִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל1**Israel** is a collective noun that refers to all the Israelites. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternative translation: “the Israelites” or “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
249EXO318ot9rfigs-metonymyמִצְרַ֗יִם1Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptian nation. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
250EXO318idp7figs-youdualוַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֤ם1General Information:If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
251EXO318i47ofigs-exclusiveעָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ…נֵֽלֲכָה…וְ⁠נִזְבְּחָ֖ה1These instances of **us** are exclusive; they include Moses, the elders, and all the Israelites, but exclude the king of Egypt. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
252EXO318d85btranslate-numbersשְׁלֹ֤שֶׁת1Alternate translation: “3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
253EXO319qf46figs-metonymyוְ⁠לֹ֖א בְּ⁠יָ֥ד חֲזָקָֽה1unless his hand is forcedThe word **hand** is a metonym for the power of the owner of the hand. There are two further difficulties: (1) Whose hand (power) is being referred to, (2) does the negative mean “not unless” or “not even?” Possible meanings include: (1) “only if he sees that he has no power to do anything else,” where the **hand** belongs to Pharaoh (2) “only if I force him to let you go,” where the **hand** belongs to Yahweh, taking “not unless” for the negative (3) “not even if I force him to let you go,” where the **hand** belongs to Yahweh, taking “not even” for the negative (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
254EXO320nuzxgrammar-connect-logic-resultוְ⁠שָׁלַחְתִּ֤י1God says this will be a result of the king of Egypts stubbornness. Alternate translation: “Therefore, I will send out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
255EXO320yds5figs-metonymyוְ⁠שָׁלַחְתִּ֤י אֶת־יָדִ⁠י֙1I will reach out with my hand and attackHere, **hand** refers to Gods power. Alternate translation: “I will use my strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
256EXO320dzspfigs-metonymyמִצְרַ֔יִם1**Egypt** refers to both the land and the people group, and then, by extension, to Pharaoh as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
257EXO320c9a3מִצְרַ֔יִם…בְּ⁠קִרְבּ֑⁠וֹ1Here, **him** refers to Egypt as a collective.
258EXO320g0i9figs-abstractnounsנִפְלְאֹתַ֔⁠י1If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **wonders** in another way. Alternate translation: “my amazing acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
259EXO320sqmtgrammar-connect-time-sequentialוְ⁠אַחֲרֵי־כֵ֖ן1Here the sequential nature of these happenings is emphasized. Consider using a stronger sequential connective term than usual here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
260EXO320ay53writing-pronounsיְשַׁלַּ֥ח1Here, **he** refers to the Pharaoh, the king of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
261EXO320awxsfigs-youdualאֶתְ⁠כֶֽם1Here, **you** refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
262EXO321btwcfigs-idiomחֵ֥ן…בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם1**In the eyes of the Egyptians** is an idiom for the Egyptians feelings. **Favor** means those feelings are positive. Taken together, this means that when the Egyptians see the Israelites (Hebrews) leaving Egypt, they will gladly help them (because they want them to leave so badly due to the Egyptians suffering under Gods judgment). If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
263EXO321hfrrfigs-possessionבְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם1This is a part-whole possessive. Also, if your language uses a specific form of the possessive for things one cannot lose, it would be appropriate to use that form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
264EXO321s45uהָֽ⁠עָם־הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה1Alternate translation: “you”
265EXO321uz3cfigs-youdualתֵֽלֵכ֔וּ⁠ן…תֵלְכ֖וּ1If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
266EXO321wymxfigs-goתֵֽלֵכ֔וּ⁠ן…תֵלְכ֖וּ1Alternate translation: “leave” or “go out” or “come out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
267EXO321j9qzfigs-doublenegativesלֹ֥א…רֵיקָֽם1The double negative, **not … emptily** is used to mean “full.” If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “[go] with many things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
268EXO321kt7bfigs-litotesלֹ֥א תֵלְכ֖וּ רֵיקָֽם1will not go empty-handedHere Yahweh uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “you will go with your hands full of good things” or “you will go with many valuable things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
269EXO322w2avוּ⁠מִ⁠גָּרַ֣ת בֵּיתָ֔⁠הּ1any women staying in her neighbors housesThe word, **sojourning** means living somewhere other than ones native land, usually temporarily. It is unclear both who the sojourning (visiting) women are and in whose house they are sojourning, leaving several possibilities. Most translations which make a decision about who they are identify both the temporary resident and her host home as Egyptian. This makes sense as the Israelites will be plundering the Egyptians. If it is possible to leave this ambiguous in your translation, that would be best.
270EXO322fmfufigs-youdualוְ⁠שַׂמְתֶּ֗ם עַל־בְּנֵי⁠כֶם֙ וְ⁠עַל־בְּנֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠נִצַּלְתֶּ֖ם1Each of these is a plural **you.** If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
271EXO322h38jfigs-quotemarksמִצְרָֽיִם1After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahwehs word which started in [verse 15](../03/15.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
272EXO4introkap50# Exodus 04 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>- v. 1-17: Moses hesitates to obey so Yahweh gives Moses signs to prove his commission<br>- v. 18-28: Moses goes back to Egypt<br>- v. 29-31: Moses and Aaron meet with the Israelite leaders and tell them what Yahweh said<br><br>## Potential Translation Issues<br><br>### Quotations<br><br> * There is a difficult transition between [4:4](../04/04.md) and [4:5](../04/05.md) because the quotation stops in the middle to inject a bit of narrative. When it resumes in [4:5](../04/05.md),the sentence seems incomplete (even if merged directly with the quotation fragment in [4:4](../04/04.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])* Yahwehs instructions to Moses are complex, and there are up to four levels of quotations in this chapter. Translators will need to decide if some of these need to become indirect quotations (if that is possible in their language) and take great care to use the proper quotation markings in the proper locations.<br><br>### Order of events<br><br>* The order of events is not always clear. In [4:14](../04/14.md) Yahweh tells Moses that Aaron is coming to meet him, but Yahweh telling Aaron to go meet Moses in the wilderness is not recorded until [4:27](../04/27.md).<br>* The timing of the events in [4:18](../18/.md)\\-[4:27](../04/27.md), especially verses 18-19 and 27 in relation to the rest of the events of the chapter, is unclear.<br><br>### Thus says Yahweh<br><br>The first of over 400 occurrences throughout the Old Testament of a standard phrase used to introduce direct, authoritative instruction from Yahweh occurs in [4:22](../04/22.md). It occurs ten times in the book of Exodus; nine of these are between chapters 411. It would be good for your team to have a standard way to translate this that makes it clear that the words that come next are directly from God. If your language has a standard way of introducing a new message from your leader that alerts the hearers that these are the words of the leader, that would be a good phrase to consider.<br><br>### Yahwehs attempt to kill someone<br><br>The encounter recorded from [4:24](../04/24.md) to [4:26](../04/26.md) is one of the strangest and most difficult passages in the entire book. Difficulties include:<br><br>* To whom do the pronouns refer? Masculine pronouns are used throughout the section, but there are two possible antecedents, Moses (who is not named in the narrative) and Zipporahs son (who was presumably also Moses son, but this is how he is referred to in this text. For why, see below on why Yahweh did this). Most commentators believe the pronouns refer to Moses.<br>* Circumcision is described in fairly graphic detail. Different cultures will need to approach this differently. Some may have terms for circumcision, while others may be comfortable translating mostly literally, and others will need to use euphemisms or other strategies to translate. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])<br>* The meaning of the phrase **a bridegroom of blood** (ULT) is unknown.<br>* Why did Yahweh attack Moses? Many commentators conclude that Moses had neglected to circumcise one of his sons because it displeased Zipporah, and Yahweh was holding Moses responsible before he returned to lead the Israelites (who should have been circumcised). When Zipporah repented by circumcising the son herself and touching the foreskin to Moses feet, Yahweh relents. These conclusions should help inform translation but should not be made explicit in the text.<br><br>## Study Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Children of God<br><br>This chapter introduces the concept that Israel, the people group, is the chosen people of God and Gods firstborn son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstborn]])<br><br>### Yahweh hardened Pharaohs heart<br><br>Scholars are divided over how to understand this statement. There is debate over how Pharaoh has an active or passive role in the hardening of his own heart. Translators should simply follow the text. In Exodus 4-14 there are ten statements that Yahweh hardens Pharaohs heart, and ten statements that Pharaoh hardens his own heart. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
273EXO41j4ygוַ⁠יַּ֤עַן מֹשֶׁה֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֔אמֶר1if they do not believeHere, **answered and said** is a Hebrew expression which does not convey any extra information. Unless your language naturally uses a similar structure, it is better to translate one verb and omit the other. Alternate translation: “Moses answered”
274EXO41b3xvfigs-quotemarksוְ⁠הֵן֙ לֹֽא־יַאֲמִ֣ינוּ לִ֔⁠י וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִשְׁמְע֖וּ בְּ⁠קֹלִ֑⁠י כִּ֣י יֹֽאמְר֔וּ לֹֽא־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ יְהוָֽה1This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation.There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
275EXO41pq8xfigs-metonymyבְּ⁠קֹלִ֑⁠י1See [3:18](../03/18.md). Alternate translation: “to what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
276EXO41netofigs-quotesinquotesלֹֽא־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ יְהוָֽה1This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. However, you could translate it as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh has not appeared to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
277EXO41fu2xוְ⁠הֵן֙1This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “Listen to me.”
278EXO42qmvkwriting-pronounsאֵלָ֛י⁠ו…וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר1Here, **him** and **he** refer to Moses. Alternate translation: “to Moses … And Moses said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
279EXO43zycdfigs-metonymyמִ⁠פָּנָֽי⁠ו1Here, “face” figuratively represents the snake itself. Alternative translation: “from the snake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
280EXO44g6bkוֶ⁠אֱחֹ֖ז בִּ⁠זְנָב֑⁠וֹ1take it by the tailAlternate translation: “and pick it up by the tail” or “and grasp it by the tail”
281EXO44bzmpgrammar-connect-time-sequentialשְׁלַח֙ יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ וֶ⁠אֱחֹ֖ז בִּ⁠זְנָב֑⁠וֹ1This direct quotation is interrupted by Moses obeying Yahweh. This is probably a tightly ordered sequence of events where Yahweh paused and then continued speaking immediately after Moses obeyed. The quote resumes in [verse 5](../04/05.md), and there is more discussion there about how to translate the quotation resumption. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
282EXO44m86nוַ⁠יְהִ֥י לְ⁠מַטֶּ֖ה1became a staffAlternate translation: “and it turned into a rod” or “and it changed into a staff”
283EXO45l4tnfigs-quotemarksלְמַ֣עַן יַאֲמִ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹֽב1This continues the direct quotation from the first part of [verse 4](../04/04.md). It may be more natural to reorganize verses four and five to keep the quote together. If you rearrange like this, Moses picking up the snake/staff should come after the full quotation. However, it is better to do something similar to the UST, which restates that Yahweh is speaking and provides some implied directives from Yahweh to make a complete sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
284EXO45m4fkfigs-ellipsisלְמַ֣עַן יַאֲמִ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹֽב1This quote is not a complete sentence; the UST provides a clarification. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
285EXO45zbfrwriting-pronounsיַאֲמִ֔ינוּ…אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם1Here, **them** and **their** refer either to the Israelites or to the Israelite elders. God had instructed Moses to gather and speak to the elders; if you make this participant explicit, elders is a better option. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
286EXO45oqi5writing-pronounsאֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ1Here, **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
287EXO45jr8mאֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹֽב1the God of their ancestors, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of JacobAbraham, Isaac, and Jacob were three of their ancestors. They all worshiped the same God.
288EXO46ep52figs-exclamationsוְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה1beholdThis word, **behold**, is used to create an exclamation, showing surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
289EXO46pw7gfigs-simileכַּ⁠שָּֽׁלֶג1as white as snowThe word **like** (ULT) or “as” (UST) here is used to compare how Moses hand looked. You may not have a word for snow in your language. If so, consider an alternative that describes something very white. You may need to make the whiteness explicit. Alternate translation: “that made it look white like wool” or “that made it look white like the sand on the beach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
290EXO47prr9figs-exclamationsוְ⁠הִנֵּה1This word is used to create an exclamation, showing surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
291EXO48wellfigs-personificationוְ⁠לֹ֣א יִשְׁמְע֔וּ לְ⁠קֹ֖ל הָ⁠אֹ֣ת הָ⁠רִאשׁ֑וֹן וְ⁠הֶֽאֱמִ֔ינוּ לְ⁠קֹ֖ל הָ⁠אֹ֥ת הָ⁠אַחֲרֽוֹן1Here each **sign** is spoken of as if it had a **voice** with which it could speak. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way that makes explicit that the signs are meant to be proof that God sent Moses. Alternative translation: “and are not convinced that God has appeared to you by seeing the first sign, then they will be convinced by seeing the second sign.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
292EXO48gxlgwriting-pronounsיַאֲמִ֣ינוּ…יִשְׁמְע֔וּ…וְ⁠הֶֽאֱמִ֔ינוּ1Here, **they** refers either to the Israelites or to the Israelite elders. God had instructed Moses to gather and speak to the elders; if you make this participant explicit, elders is the better option, but be sure to do the same as you did in [verse 5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
293EXO48lsb3לֹ֣א יַאֲמִ֣ינוּ…וְ⁠הֶֽאֱמִ֔ינוּ1pay attentionAlternate translation: “they do not acknowledge … then they will acknowledge” or “they do not accept … then they will accept”
294EXO49q82rwriting-pronounsיַאֲמִ֡ינוּ…יִשְׁמְעוּ⁠ן֙1Here, **they** refers either to the Israelites or to the Israelite elders. God had instructed Moses to gather and speak to the elders; if you make this participant explicit, elders is the better option, but be sure to do the same as you did in [verse 5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
295EXO49jsvbfigs-metonymyלְ⁠קֹלֶ֔⁠ךָ1See [3:18](../03/18.md). Alternate translation: “to what you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
296EXO410t8i9בִּ֣י1This word is used by a speaker to beg a superior to allow him to speak. Alternate translation: “Please”
297EXO410w12aלֹא֩ אִ֨ישׁ דְּבָרִ֜ים אָנֹ֗כִי גַּ֤ם מִ⁠תְּמוֹל֙ גַּ֣ם מִ⁠שִּׁלְשֹׁ֔ם1have never been eloquentAlternate translation: “I have never been an excellent speaker, not now, not before”
298EXO410opesאִ֨ישׁ דְּבָרִ֜ים1This expression means “a man who uses words well,” in other words, an eloquent man who can speak well and convincingly.
299EXO410pk0lfigs-merismגַּ֤ם מִ⁠תְּמוֹל֙ גַּ֣ם מִ⁠שִּׁלְשֹׁ֔ם1These phrases simply mean “in the past.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
300EXO410wsl4figs-123personעַבְדֶּ֑⁠ךָ1Moses refers to himself as Gods servant to lower his status before God (and perhaps by doing so to make his argument of inability stronger). If this is confusing in your language, you could make who he means plain. Alternate translation: “me, your servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
301EXO410bv64figs-doubletכְבַד־פֶּ֛ה וּ⁠כְבַ֥ד לָשׁ֖וֹן1I am slow of speech and slow of tongueThese phrases mean basically the same thing. Moses uses them to emphasize that he is not a good speaker. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “not good at public speaking”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
302EXO410zm3yfigs-metonymyלָשׁ֖וֹן1slow of tongueHere, **tongue** refers to Moses ability to speak. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “speech” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
303EXO411ks2mfigs-rquestionמִ֣י שָׂ֣ם פֶּה֮ לָֽ⁠אָדָם֒1Who is it who made mans mouth?Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he is the Creator who makes it possible for people to speak. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Is it not I, Yahweh, who created the human mouth and the ability to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
304EXO411e1y6figs-rquestionמִֽי־יָשׂ֣וּם אִלֵּ֔ם א֣וֹ חֵרֵ֔שׁ א֥וֹ פִקֵּ֖חַ א֣וֹ עִוֵּ֑ר1Who makes a man mute or deaf or seeing or blind?Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he is the one who decides if people can speak and hear, and if they can see. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “make people able to speak or hear or to see or to be blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
305EXO411uq7jfigs-rquestionהֲ⁠לֹ֥א אָנֹכִ֖י יְהוָֽה1Is it not I, Yahweh?Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he alone makes these decisions. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am the one who does this!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
306EXO412kkr1figs-metonymyוְ⁠אָנֹכִי֙ אֶֽהְיֶ֣ה עִם־פִּ֔י⁠ךָ1I will be with your mouthHere, **mouth** refers to Moses ability to speak. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “I will give you the ability to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
307EXO413brerבִּ֣י1This word is used by a speaker to beg a superior to allow him to speak. See what you did in [verse 10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “Please”
308EXO413s8nlשְֽׁלַֽח־נָ֖א בְּ⁠יַד־תִּשְׁלָֽח1In translating this phrase, it is important to make clear that Moses is asking Yahweh to send someone else. Here he is not accepting Yahwehs commission.
309EXO413y4a7figs-synecdocheבְּ⁠יַד1This phrase means “by a person.” The figure is of a person taking Yahwehs message in his hand to the Israelites and Pharaoh. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
310EXO414uy2vfigs-idiomוַ⁠יִּֽחַר־אַ֨ף יְהוָ֜ה1This means that Yahweh is angry. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh became angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
311EXO414ifaxwriting-pronounsוַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙1Here, **he** refers to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
312EXO414okkofigs-rquestionהֲ⁠לֹ֨א אַהֲרֹ֤ן אָחִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ הַ⁠לֵּוִ֔י1Yahweh uses this rhetorical question to suggest an alternative to Moses. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternative translation: “I know you have a brother, Aaron the Levite.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
313EXO414e0jstranslate-kinshipאָחִ֨י⁠ךָ֙1Aaron is older than Moses. If your language uses a different term for the sibling relationship based on gender and age order, choose the appropriate one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
314EXO414y5edfigs-idiomדַבֵּ֥ר יְדַבֵּ֖ר1In Hebrew, the word **speak** is repeated. This means he speaks well. English cannot convey this by doubling, so the meaning of the repetition was translated in the ULT in this case. If your language can say something like “speaking speaks” to mean “speaks well,” consider it; otherwise, translate the meaning similarly to the ULT or UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
315EXO414c51yהִנֵּה1Here, **behold** is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. If your language has a term that functions in that way (“Listen!” or “Look!” or “Pay Attention!”), use it here.
316EXO414ettpfigs-goיֹצֵ֣א1Yahweh says Aaron is coming from Egypt to Midian to find Moses. He is probably on foot. Depending on the language, the required form of go or come may vary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
317EXO414tfsagrammar-connect-logic-resultוְ⁠שָׂמַ֥ח1Aaron will be glad because he sees Moses. Consider a conjunction or other form that expresses result, as in the UST or alternative translation: “and because he sees you, he will have joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
318EXO414ew4hfigs-metonymyבְּ⁠לִבּֽ⁠וֹ1he will be glad in his heartHere, **heart** refers to inner thoughts and emotions. If the heart is not a body part your culture uses to refer to a persons thoughts and emotions, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
319EXO415u97ffigs-metaphorהַ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים1put the words to say into his mouthWords here are spoken of as if they were something that can be physically placed in a persons mouth. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the message that he is to repeat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
320EXO415q9cffigs-metonymyוְ⁠אָנֹכִ֗י אֶֽהְיֶ֤ה עִם־פִּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וְ⁠עִם־פִּ֔י⁠הוּ1I will be with your mouthThe word **mouth** here represents Moses and Aarons choice of words. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “And I will be with you as you speak and with him as he speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
321EXO415v57xfigs-youdualאֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם…תַּעֲשֽׂוּ⁠ן1with his mouthThese refer to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form if you have one or, if not, use a plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
322EXO416mnspfigs-simileלְ⁠פֶ֔ה1This phrase compares Aaron to a mouth because he will be the one to actually vocalize to the Israelites and Pharaoh what Moses tells him to say. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the one to say what you tell him to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
323EXO416gn5vfigs-simileתִּֽהְיֶה־לּ֥⁠וֹ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִֽים1you will be to him like me, GodThe word **like** here means Moses would represent the same authority to Aaron as God did to Moses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “you will speak to Aaron with the same authority with which I speak to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
324EXO417hm47figs-explicitהַ⁠מַּטֶּ֥ה הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה1Yahweh assumes that Moses will know that by **this staff**, he means the one that Moses said he had in his hand in [verse 2](../04/02.md) and with which God told him to do a miracle in [verses 3-4](../04/03.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
325EXO418j2ixwriting-participantsיֶ֣תֶר1Jethro is reintroduced as a participant in the narrative here. Use the natural form in your language for reintroducing a character.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
326EXO418cbopfigs-goוַ⁠יֵּ֨לֶךְ1Because the setting has shifted back to Jethros home, some languages may need to use “come” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
327EXO418b6mftranslate-kinshipחֹֽתְנ֗⁠וֹ1father-in-lawThis refers to the father of Moses wife. If your language uses a different term for the husbands or wifes father use the one for wifes father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
328EXO418wlitwriting-pronounsוַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר1Here, **he** refers to Moses. Alternate translation: “and Moses said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
329EXO418g1h1writing-pronounsל⁠וֹ֙1Here, **him** refers to Jethro. Alternate translation: “to Jethro” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
330EXO418urt0figs-metonymyאַחַ֣⁠י1Here the term **brothers** refers more broadly to all of Moses people group, those he is related to. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “my relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
331EXO418gq2gfigs-idiomוְ⁠אֶרְאֶ֖ה הַ⁠עוֹדָ֣⁠ם חַיִּ֑ים1Later in the Bible we are told that Moses was in Midian for 40 years. Moses request may have been literal or an idiom that meant he wanted to know how they were doing. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
332EXO418yay3translate-blessingלֵ֥ךְ לְ⁠שָׁלֽוֹם1This is a phrase of assent and blessing. It may be necessary for some languages to explicitly add, “Yes,” to the beginning of Jethros response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
333EXO419wwr8grammar-connect-time-sequentialוַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֤ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁה֙1The timing and situation for Yahweh speaking to Moses here is not specified. Some conjecture that it was part of the narrative of the encounter with Yahweh from the previous verses but placed after his request to Jethro for an unknown reason. Another speculation is that Moses delayed returning to Egypt (either by his own choice, Yahwehs instructions, or someone else delaying him) and Yahweh came and told him again (the UST explicitly offers this optional translation). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
334EXO419clfjהַֽ⁠מְבַקְשִׁ֖ים אֶת־נַפְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ1This means they were seeking to end his life, that is, to kill him.
335EXO420fua6figs-extrainfoבָּנָ֗י⁠ו1Moses second son is not introduced until [18:4](../18/.04.md) but had already been born before they left Midian. It is not necessary to make this explicit here, if it would confuse your readers you could add a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
336EXO420zi5mfigs-123personוַ⁠יָּ֖שָׁב אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה מִצְרָ֑יִם1It is clear from [verse 24](../04/24.md) and [25](../04/25.md) that Moses family went with him. If this is confusing in your language, you may need to change from **he** to “they” **returned**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
337EXO420a1s5grammar-connect-time-sequentialוַ⁠יָּ֖שָׁב אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה מִצְרָ֑יִם1After the incident on the road in verses [24-26](../04/24.md). Moses family is not mentioned again until [18:2](../18/02.md), which says that Moses sent them back, so it may be better to make a translation similar to the UST, which only commits to the family starting on the way to Egypt. This option has the further benefit of allowing for the several events that happen before Moses gets to Egypt. The ULTs **toward** is another way of giving space in the translation for the next several events. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
338EXO420f26lfigs-explicitמַטֵּ֥ה הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים1The phrase **the staff of God** refers to the staff that God told Moses to take with him in [verse 17](../04/17.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
339EXO420m4ujfigs-explicitמַטֵּ֥ה הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים1The book describes this staff as **the staff of God** because God appointed it as his instrument so that Moses could do miraculous works through it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Make sure your translation does not lead people to think the staff was a magic wand or shamans staff that had its own power or power from Moses or that the staff gave Moses the ability to command God. In every instance where miracles happened, first God told Moses to do something with the staff, then Moses obeyed, and then God caused a miracle. Alternate translation: “the staff that God had told him to bring because God intended to work powerfully through it when Moses stretched it out.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
340EXO421lva8figs-quotemarksבְּ⁠לֶכְתְּ⁠ךָ֙1This begins a direct quotation that continues to the end of [4:23](../04/23.md). It contains up to fourth-level quotations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
341EXO421oajfרְאֵ֗ה1Most translations and interpretations of the verb **see** take it to mean something like “see that you do.”
342EXO421paosfigs-metaphorכָּל־הַ⁠מֹּֽפְתִים֙ אֲשֶׁר־שַׂ֣מְתִּי בְ⁠יָדֶ֔⁠ךָ1Here the miracles are spoken of as if they were items Moses could carry. In part, this may be because the three signs already given to Moses involved the use of his hand. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “all the wonders I have authorized you to perform” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
343EXO421kdsbfigs-metonymyלִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה1This time, while **before the face of** still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Moses is to actually do the miracles in front of Pharaoh so he can see them. Alternative translation: “so Pharaoh can see them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
344EXO421ovmagrammar-connect-logic-contrastוַ⁠אֲנִי֙ אֲחַזֵּ֣ק1Referring to himself in the opening of this sentence serves to emphasize a contrast between what might normally be expected and what will actually happen. Translate this in a way that clearly contrasts the performance of miracles before Pharaoh (which might be expected to lead to him releasing the Israelites) with what Yahweh says Pharaoh will do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
345EXO421uvohfigs-metaphorוַ⁠אֲנִי֙ אֲחַזֵּ֣ק אֶת־לִבּ֔⁠וֹ1This means that God will make him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart would be made stronger. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. Alternate translation: “But as for me, I will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
346EXO421uudzgrammar-connect-logic-resultוְ⁠לֹ֥א יְשַׁלַּ֖ח אֶת־הָ⁠עָֽם1Make it clear in your translation that this is a result of God hardening Pharaohs heart. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
347EXO422ftdeכֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה1This is the first of hundreds of occurrences throughout the Old Testament of a standard phrase, **Thus says Yahweh**, used to introduce direct, authoritative instruction from Yahweh. It would be good for your team to have a standard way to translate this that makes it clear that the words that come next are directly from God. If your language has a standard way of introducing a new message from your rulers that alerts the hearers that these are the words of the rulers, that would be a good phrase to consider.
348EXO422teyyfigs-quotesinquotesכֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה1This begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [4:23](../04/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “that Yahweh says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
349EXO422kud7figs-quotemarksבְּנִ֥⁠י בְכֹרִ֖⁠י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃1This is the beginning of a third-level quotation that continues until the end of [4:23](../04/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening third-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. (If you chose to translate, “Thus says Yahweh,” as an indirect quote, this will be a second- level quotation.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
350EXO422gr2dfigs-metaphorבְּנִ֥⁠י1Yahweh expresses his affection for the Israelites by calling them his **son**. Some languages may need to change the metaphor here into a simile. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
351EXO422pt4ngrammar-collectivenounsיִשְׂרָאֵֽל1Israel is my sonThe word **Israel** here represents all the people of Israel as a group. It is important to keep the singular reference to Israel as son rather than change it to something like the Israelites are my children, because God is making a particular contrast here between his son and Pharaohs son. Some languages may not be able to use “Israel” as a collective noun and may need to choose a translation like “the nation of Israel” or “the Israelite nation.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
352EXO422nbn7figs-metonymyיִשְׂרָאֵֽל1The Israelite nation is often referred to simply by the name of the patriarch. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “The Israelites are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
353EXO423syarfigs-quotemarksשַׁלַּ֤ח אֶת־בְּנִ⁠י֙ וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֵ֔⁠נִי1This is a fourth-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. (If you chose to translate “Thus says Yahweh” as an indirect quote, this will be a third-level quotation.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
354EXO423yyuofigs-quotationsוָ⁠אֹמַ֣ר אֵלֶ֗י⁠ךָ שַׁלַּ֤ח אֶת־בְּנִ⁠י֙ וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֵ֔⁠נִי וַ⁠תְּמָאֵ֖ן1The fourth-level quotation here may be a good one to translate as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “and I told you to let my son go that he may serve me. But you have refused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
355EXO423k7mhfigs-metaphorבְּנִ⁠י֙1you have refused to let him goYahweh continues to metaphorically speak of Israel as **my son.** See how you translated it in the previous verse. Alternative translation: “the Israelite nation, which is like a son to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
356EXO423u825figs-pronounsוְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֵ֔⁠נִי…לְ⁠שַׁלְּח֑⁠וֹ1The pronouns **he** and **him** agree with “son.” What you use may depend on how you translated son in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
357EXO423ot2bהִנֵּה֙1This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternative translation: “Know this”
358EXO423re11בִּנְ⁠ךָ֖1I will certainly kill your son, your firstbornHere, **your son** refers to the actual son of Pharaoh.
359EXO423ubcwfigs-quotemarksבִּנְ⁠ךָ֖ בְּכֹרֶֽ⁠ךָ1After this phrase, the three levels of direct quotations end, bringing a complete close to all quotations that started in verses [21](../04/21.md) and [22](../04/22.md). If you are using direct quotations, at the end of this verse you should have three closing markers: third level, second level and first level. In English, it looks like **” ”** (without spaces). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
360EXO424sp6hwriting-neweventוַ⁠יְהִ֥י1Yahweh met Moses and tried to kill himThis introduces a new event. Mark the transition in a natural way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
361EXO424p820writing-pronounsוַ⁠יִּפְגְּשֵׁ֣⁠הוּ…הֲמִיתֽ⁠וֹ1Here, it is not clear who **him** refers to. Most commentators believe it refers to Moses, but it could refer to the son, though that is less likely. If it is necessary to choose for your translation, use Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
362EXO424qeo5writing-pronounsוַ⁠יְבַקֵּ֖שׁ1Here, **he** refers to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
363EXO425m1latranslate-namesצִפֹּרָ֜ה1Zipporah**Zipporah** is the name of Moses wife. See how you translated it in [2:21](../02/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
364EXO425sftgwriting-participantsצִפֹּרָ֜ה1**Zipporah** is introduced here as a new character. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
365EXO425a36htranslate-unknownצֹ֗ר1flint knifeThis was a flake or a sharp piece of a hard gray rock that was used as a knife.. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
366EXO425nkxntranslate-unknownעָרְלַ֣ת1The**foreskin** is the retractable fold of skin which covers and protects the end of the penis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
367EXO425l6srfigs-euphemismלְ⁠רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו1to his feetIt is possible that the word **feet** may have been a more respectful way to refer to the genital area of the body. However, that possibility is not high enough that you should translate it either literally as genitals or with another euphemism meaning genitals in your language. If you have a word that means primarily feet or legs, but could in some cases also euphemistically mean genitals, you may consider it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
368EXO425b2t3figs-metaphorכִּ֧י חֲתַן־דָּמִ֛ים אַתָּ֖ה לִֽ⁠י1you are a bridegroom to me by bloodThe meaning of this metaphor is unclear. It was probably a known saying in that culture. Alternate translation: “You are related to me by this blood” or “You are my husband because of blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
369EXO426ceqkgrammar-connect-logic-resultוַ⁠יִּ֖רֶף1God **relented** as a result of Zipporahs action. Consider a conjunction or other form that expresses result, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
370EXO426o4ztwriting-pronounsוַ⁠יִּ֖רֶף1Here, **he** refers to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Yahweh relented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
371EXO426k136writing-pronounsמִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ1As in [4:24](../04/24.md), **him** could refer to either Moses or the son, but most commentators think it is still Moses. The UST uses “anyone” to preserve ambiguity. Alternative translation: “from Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
372EXO426r8hjfigs-quotationsחֲתַ֥ן דָּמִ֖ים1This is a unique quotation because Zipporah probably does not speak again; rather, the quotation refers back to her statement in [4:25](../04/25.md). Use a form from your language for quoting a portion of what someone previously said. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
373EXO426abmgfigs-quotemarksחֲתַ֥ן דָּמִ֖ים לַ⁠מּוּלֹֽת1It is not clear if the quotation includes **because of the circumcision** or if that is a comment explaining the quotation. Translations are divided in where they end the quotation, but most exclude **because of the circumcision**, and it is best to follow that unless a locally respected translation includes it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
374EXO427xk6bwriting-neweventוַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר1Yahweh said to AaronYou may want to add a word that marks the beginning of a new part of the story, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
375EXO427qxpcwriting-participantsאַהֲרֹ֔ן1**Aaron** is introduced as a new participant. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
376EXO427wy4nfigs-possessionבְּ⁠הַ֥ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים1at the mountain of GodSee how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
377EXO427tfn2translate-symactionוַ⁠יִּשַּׁק1This was a traditional way of greeting which showed love. You can make this explicit, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
378EXO428ad9xשְׁלָח֑⁠וֹ…צִוָּֽ⁠הוּ1These are a bit awkward to translate in English, so the UST adds more information. Other languages may not have the same difficulty.
379EXO428b429writing-pronounsשְׁלָח֑⁠וֹ…צִוָּֽ⁠הוּ1he had sent him to sayHere, the pronoun **he** refers to Yahweh, and **him** refers to Moses. Alternative translation: “Yahweh sent Moses … Yahweh commanded Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
380EXO429y8o3writing-neweventוַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ1This begins a new event which you may need to mark in your translation with a transitional word like the USTs “When.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
381EXO430bm2xfigs-metonymyלְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הָ⁠עָֽם1in the sight of the peopleHere, **before the eyes** means he did the signs so they could see them. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “in their sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
382EXO430x1v3הָ⁠עָֽם1Context suggests that **people** refers to the leaders gathered in [4:29](../04/29.md).
383EXO431glp2הָ⁠עָ֑ם1Context suggests that **people** refers to the leaders gathered in [4:29](../04/29.md).
384EXO431q1erפָקַ֨ד…בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל1had observed the IsraelitesAlternate translation: “saw the Israelites” or “was concerned about the Israelites”
385EXO431g83atranslate-symactionוַֽ⁠יִּקְּד֖וּ וַ⁠יִּֽשְׁתַּחֲוּֽוּ1they bowed their headsThis action was an expression of thankful worship. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternative translations: “they bowed their heads in awe” or “they bowed down low in reverence.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
386EXO5introkea20# Exodus 05 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>- v. 1-5: Moses gives Pharaoh Yahwehs message<br>- v. 6-21: Pharaoh makes the Israelites work harder<br>- v. 22-23: Moses asks Yahweh why things went badly
387EXO51q0zvwriting-neweventוְ⁠אַחַ֗ר בָּ֚אוּ מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה1The time phrase, **and afterward**, marks a transition in the narrative. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternative translation: “After that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
388EXO51q9kngrammar-connect-time-sequentialוְ⁠אַחַ֗ר בָּ֚אוּ מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה1After these things happenedIt is unclear how long Moses and Aaron waited before they went to see Pharaoh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
389EXO51cudxfigs-goבָּ֚אוּ1In this instance, depending on how they have to set scenes, some languages may need to use “came in.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
390EXO51tsnvwriting-participantsפַּרְעֹ֑ה1Pharaoh is reintroduced as a participant in the narrative for the first time since chapter two. Use the natural form in your language for reintroducing a character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
391EXO51jarmfigs-quotemarksכֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל שַׁלַּח֙ אֶת־עַמִּ֔⁠י וְ⁠יָחֹ֥גּוּ לִ֖⁠י בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר1This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. There is a second-level quotation fully contained within this portion which is addressed elsewhere. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
392EXO51lu3iכֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙1This quotation formula is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
393EXO51u2vtוְ⁠יָחֹ֥גּוּ1festival for meThis is a celebration to worship Yahweh. Alternative translation: “so they can worship me with eating and drinking”
394EXO52v4c1grammar-connect-logic-contrastוַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר1Why should I…let Israel go?The result here is exactly as God has said; therefore, a contrastive transition word is reasonable but not required, given the immediate human context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
395EXO52lqwtמִ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶשְׁמַ֣ע בְּ⁠קֹל֔⁠וֹ לְ⁠שַׁלַּ֖ח אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל1This is not a rhetorical question, though Pharaoh may have spoken with contempt. Pharaoh would have considered himself a god. The Egyptians had several gods, and most people groups were assumed to have their own gods. Therefore, Pharaoh had truly not heard of Yahweh (who has just revealed his name to Moses).
396EXO52wpffgrammar-collectivenounsיִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל…יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל1Here the nation is spoken of as an individual. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternative translation: “the nation of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
397EXO52c653figs-metonymyבְּ⁠קֹל֔⁠וֹ1listen to his voiceHere, **his voice** represent the words God spoke. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
398EXO52ma6bוְ⁠גַ֥ם1This functions to strengthen Pharaohs statement about his decision. Alternative translation: “and most definitely”
399EXO53dt39figs-123personוַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ1It may not make sense in all languages for multiple people to speak. Since Aaron was appointed as Moses spokesman, consider the alternative translation: “Aaron replied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
400EXO53y9ipאֱלֹהֵ֥י הָ⁠עִבְרִ֖ים1God of the HebrewsThis term, **The God of the Hebrews**, is also used for Yahweh, the Israelites God.
401EXO53kcljfigs-exclusiveעָלֵ֑י⁠נוּ נֵ֣לֲכָה…וְ⁠נִזְבְּחָה֙…יִפְגָּעֵ֔⁠נוּ1Here, **us** (or “we” in UST) refers to the Hebrew people (the Israelites). It excludes Pharaoh and his people. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
402EXO53gfs5figs-metonymyבֶ⁠חָֽרֶב1or with the swordHere, **sword** represents war or an attack by enemies. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “cause our enemies to attack us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
403EXO54kl1ifigs-rquestionלָ֚⁠מָּה מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן תַּפְרִ֥יעוּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֖ם מִ⁠מַּֽעֲשָׂ֑י⁠ו1why are you taking the people from their work?Pharaoh uses this rhetorical question to express his anger toward Moses and Aaron for taking the Israelites away from their work. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Stop distracting the people from doing their work!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
404EXO54fiw9figs-youdualלְכ֖וּ לְ⁠סִבְלֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם1This **your** could refer to Moses and Aaron, or it could mean “all you Israelite people.” The second meaning is more likely. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
405EXO55xm4zgrammar-connect-words-phrasesוַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֔ה1It is unusual for the same speaker to be reintroduced like this. Some translations omit the repetition, but there is another option. This statement may be more connected to the next couple of verses, so it might be appropriate to make a minor break before this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
406EXO55nqbefigs-asideוַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֔ה הֵן־רַבִּ֥ים עַתָּ֖ה עַ֣ם הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ וְ⁠הִשְׁבַּתֶּ֥ם אֹתָ֖⁠ם מִ⁠סִּבְלֹתָֽ⁠ם1This statement by Pharaoh may have been him commenting to himself, or he may have only thought this statement silently; either way, it led to his next actions. If this would be confusing in your language, consider stating it in a way that clarifies that his statement or thoughts here impacted his next actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
407EXO55todiהֵן1**Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say.
408EXO55c53kfigs-youdualוְ⁠הִשְׁבַּתֶּ֥ם1Here, **you** means Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form if you have one, or if not, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
409EXO56ar9mוַ⁠יְצַ֥ו פַּרְעֹ֖ה…אֶת־הַ⁠נֹּגְשִׂ֣ים בָּ⁠עָ֔ם וְ⁠אֶת־שֹׁטְרָ֖י⁠ו לֵ⁠אמֹֽר1Pharaoh may have sent a messenger or messengers to the taskmasters and officers or spoken to one or a few representatives of them at his court rather than speaking to them directly. Alternative translation: “And … Pharaoh gave an order to the taskmasters among the people and officers. He said,”
410EXO56zd4mהַ⁠נֹּגְשִׂ֣ים1taskmasters**Taskmasters** were Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work. These are probably the same as the “overseers” of labor gangs from [Exodus 1:11](../01/11.md), but here the term is harsher. Alternative translation: “oppressors”
411EXO56gsdxשֹׁטְרָ֖י⁠ו1**Officers** were probably Israelite slaves who were in charge of the other Israelites but who answered to the Egyptian taskmasters.
412EXO56dxihלֵ⁠אמֹֽר1Here, **saying** is a way of introducing a direct quotation in Hebrew; most translations can omit it without harm.
413EXO57k6iofigs-youdualלֹ֣א תֹאסִפ֞וּ⁠ן1This command was given to multiple people; if your language distinguishes between singular and plural forms when giving commands, make sure this is a plural form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
414EXO57p9nxfigs-idiomכִּ⁠תְמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֑ם1you must no longer giveThis is a Hebrew idiom meaning “in the past.” If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternative translation: “as you used to do” or “as was done previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
415EXO58izkffigs-youdualתָּשִׂ֣ימוּ1If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
416EXO58ro25translate-unknownהַ⁠לְּבֵנִ֜ים1**Bricks** are blocks made of clay or mud with straw in them. They are hardened in the sun or in another manner before they are used for building. See how you translated in [1:14](../01/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
417EXO58dlzxfigs-idiomתְּמ֤וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁם֙1This is a Hebrew idiom meaning “in the past.” See how you translated this in [5:7](../05/07md) Alternative translation: “before” or “previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
418EXO59xca1figs-idiomוְ⁠אַל־יִשְׁע֖וּ בְּ⁠דִבְרֵי־שָֽׁקֶר1Here words are spoken of as if they could be looked upon. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternative translation: “and not listen to words that are lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
419EXO510ozznwriting-neweventוַ⁠יֵּ֨צְא֜וּ1This begins a new scene, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
420EXO510x4biנֹגְשֵׂ֤י1taskmasters**Taskmasters** were Egyptians whose job was to force the Israelites to do hard work. See how you translated this in [5:6](../05/6.md).
421EXO510zvxxכֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר פַּרְעֹ֔ה1This is the same quotation introduction as is used when Yahweh gives a direct command. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
422EXO510c12sfigs-quotationsוַ⁠יֹּאמְר֥וּ אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֖ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר פַּרְעֹ֔ה1It might be helpful in some languages to translate **thus says Pharaoh** as an indirect quote so that his conveyed command is not a quote within a quote. Alternate translation: “and told the people that Pharaoh says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
423EXO510mkomfigs-quotesinquotesאֵינֶ֛⁠נִּי1This is the beginning of a second-level quotation that continues until the end of verse 11. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the start of a quotation within a quotation. However, you could also translate this as an indirect quote. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
424EXO510ad73grammar-connect-logic-contrastאֵינֶ֛⁠נִּי נֹתֵ֥ן לָ⁠כֶ֖ם תֶּֽבֶן1The structure of this phrase and the one that opens [the next verse](../05/11.md) create a strong contrast between what **I** (Pharaoh) and **you** (you all, the Israelites) will do. Translate this in a way that emphasizes, if possible, the contrast between **I** and **you.** Alternative translation: “It is not I who will give you straw.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
425EXO510si2efigs-metonymyאֵינֶ֛⁠נִּי נֹתֵ֥ן לָ⁠כֶ֖ם תֶּֽבֶן1Pharaoh uses **I** to refer to his ownership and commands. Pharaoh does not physically give the Israelites straw. Rather, he had commanded his servants to take straw that belonged to Pharaoh and give it to the Israelites. Now he told his servants to stop providing straw. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “My servants will no longer give you my straw” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
426EXO510gb4dfigs-youdualלָ⁠כֶ֖ם1I will no longer give you**You**is plural and refers to the Israelite people. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
427EXO511ewg6grammar-connect-logic-contrastאַתֶּ֗ם לְכ֨וּ קְח֤וּ לָ⁠כֶם֙ תֶּ֔בֶן מֵ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר תִּמְצָ֑אוּ1The structure of this phrase serves as the opposing side of the contrast Pharaoh sets up in the last phrase. By explicitly using a pronoun with a command, he is emphasizing who will go get straw. If possible, translate this in a way that emphasizes the contrast between **I** and **you.** See the previous verse. Alternative translation: “Rather, it is you yourselves who must go get straw from wherever you might find it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
428EXO511xe4ifigs-youdualאַתֶּ֗ם1you can find…your workloadHere, **you** is plural and refers to the Israelite people. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
429EXO511w918figs-rpronounsאַתֶּ֗ם…לָ⁠כֶם֙1You yourselves must goThe repetition of **you** (as **your**) emphasizes that the Egyptians will no longer help the slaves. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
430EXO511g5vbfigs-doublenegativesכִּ֣י אֵ֥ין נִגְרָ֛ע מֵ⁠עֲבֹדַתְ⁠כֶ֖ם דָּבָֽר1your workload will not be reducedIf this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “for you must continue to make the same number of bricks as before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
431EXO512s9dkfigs-hyperboleבְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרָ֑יִם1throughout all the land of EgyptThis is a generalization used to show the extra effort Israel made to meet Pharaohs demands. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that means many places. Alternate translation: “to many places throughout Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
432EXO512q7y7translate-unknownקַ֖שׁ1stubble**Stubble** is the part of a plant that is left over after harvest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
433EXO513th6xוְ⁠הַ⁠נֹּגְשִׂ֖ים1taskmasters**Taskmasters** were Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work. See how you translated this in [Exodus 5:6](../05/06.md).
434EXO513ikkfwriting-participantsוְ⁠הַ⁠נֹּגְשִׂ֖ים1The change of subject is emphasized here. If your language has a way of specifically focusing on the actor in a narrative, use it here. See the UST for how that is done in English. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
435EXO513a5jaדְּבַר־י֣וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמ֔⁠וֹ1**Day by day** means “daily.” Alternative translation: “the daily task”
436EXO514h4uoנֹגְשֵׂ֥י1**Taskmasters** are Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work. See how you translated this in [Exodus 5:6](../05/06.md).
437EXO514unbcfigs-activepassiveוַ⁠יֻּכּ֗וּ שֹֽׁטְרֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל1The text does not specify who beat the officers. It was probably either the taskmasters or someone the taskmasters ordered to beat the officers. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And the taskmasters beat the officers of the sons of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
438EXO514eq22figs-rquestionמַדּ֡וּעַ לֹא֩ כִלִּיתֶ֨ם חָקְ⁠כֶ֤ם לִ⁠לְבֹּן֙ כִּ⁠תְמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֔ם גַּם־תְּמ֖וֹל גַּם־הַ⁠יּֽוֹם1Why have you not produced all the bricks required of you…in the past?The taskmasters used this question to show they were angry with the lack of bricks. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are not producing enough bricks, either yesterday or today, as you did in the past!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
439EXO514oh6ofigs-youdualכִלִּיתֶ֨ם חָקְ⁠כֶ֤ם1Here, **you** and **your** are plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
440EXO514emq7figs-synecdocheלֹא֩ כִלִּיתֶ֨ם חָקְ⁠כֶ֤ם1cried outHere, **you** and **your** do not simply refer to the officers; they refer to the groups of Israelite workers the officers are in charge of. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “have your teams not finished their required” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
441EXO514liz8figs-idiomכִּ⁠תְמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֔ם1This is a Hebrew idiom meaning “in the past.” Here it specifically refers to the time before the Egyptians stopped giving the Israelites straw. See how you translated this in [5:7](../05/07md) Alternative translation: “before” or “previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
442EXO514zklgגַּם־תְּמ֖וֹל גַּם־הַ⁠יּֽוֹם1This time expression refers to more recent days, ones since the Egyptians stopped providing the straw to the Israelites.
443EXO515bk9hwriting-neweventוַ⁠יָּבֹ֗אוּ1This begins a new scene, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. The officers have gone to where Pharaoh is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
444EXO515thljfigs-goוַ⁠יָּבֹ֗אוּ1You will need to decide if go or come is the better translation in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
445EXO515m2nzfigs-123personלַ⁠עֲבָדֶֽי⁠ךָ1Here, the Israelite officers use the term **your servants** to refer to themselves in the third person as a way of showing humility. It is also possible that they mean to include all the Israelites. Either option is valid if your language must state who is meant by “your servants.” Alternate translation: “to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
446EXO516yeqlfigs-activepassiveתֶּ֗בֶן אֵ֤ין נִתָּן֙ לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ1The text does not specify who is not giving them straw. From the context, the taskmasters and, by implication, Pharaoh himself are the ones not doing this. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternative translation: “You are not giving your servants any straw.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
447EXO516qp5jfigs-123personלַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ…עֲבָדֶ֛י⁠ךָ1Here, the Israelite officers use the term **your servants** to refer to themselves in the third person as a way of showing humility. It is also possible that they mean to include all the Israelites. Either option is valid if your language must state who is meant by “your servants.” Alternate translation: “to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
448EXO516hsa6writing-pronounsאֹמְרִ֥ים1they are still telling us, Make bricks!Here, **they** refers to the Egyptian taskmasters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
449EXO516m0goוְ⁠הִנֵּ֧ה1**And behold** is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows.
450EXO516xrlyfigs-activepassiveעֲבָדֶ֛י⁠ךָ מֻכִּ֖ים1The text does not specify who beat the officers. It was probably either the taskmasters or someone the taskmasters ordered to beat the officers. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
451EXO516ff2kfigs-euphemismוְ⁠חָטָ֥את עַמֶּֽ⁠ךָ1The Israelites are indirectly accusing Pharaoh of doing wrong. To translate this, consider polite or indirect ways of making accusations in your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
452EXO516l7snוְ⁠חָטָ֥את1Alternate translation: “but it is the wrongdoing of”
453EXO517cw5ufigs-youdualאַתֶּ֖ם…אַתֶּ֣ם1These uses of **you** are plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
454EXO517zlkcfigs-exclamationsנִרְפִּ֥ים אַתֶּ֖ם נִרְפִּ֑ים1Pharaoh repeats himself for emphasis. In your translation, make sure the idea of laziness or idleness is repeated or strengthened in a way that is natural. Alternative translation: “You are extremely lazy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
455EXO517a8o2figs-quotemarksנֵלְכָ֖ה נִזְבְּחָ֥ה לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה1Here the king is quoting another persons speech. This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
456EXO518x9j7figs-activepassiveוְ⁠תֶ֖בֶן לֹא־יִנָּתֵ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֑ם1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The subject could be “I” (as in Pharaoh) or “we” (as in the Egyptians or Pharaoh and his taskmasters) or “my people.” See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
457EXO518z6wtfigs-youdualלָ⁠כֶ֑ם…תִּתֵּֽנּוּ1Here, **you** means all the Israelites or the officers as representatives of all the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
458EXO519x6ppgrammar-connect-logic-resultוַ⁠יִּרְא֞וּ שֹֽׁטְרֵ֧י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל אֹתָ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠רָ֣ע לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר לֹא־תִגְרְע֥וּ מִ⁠לִּבְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם דְּבַר־י֥וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמֽ⁠וֹ1If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
459EXO519l9d2figs-rpronounsאֹתָ֖⁠ם1when they were toldHere the officers are both the subject and object, because they are thinking about their own situation. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
460EXO519j6f9וַ⁠יִּרְא֞וּ…אֹתָ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠רָ֣ע לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר1Alternate translation: “knew that they were in trouble, because the king said” or “perceived themselves to be in danger, because the king said”
461EXO520ve3zwriting-neweventוַֽ⁠יִּפְגְּעוּ֙1palaceA new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
462EXO520s9d2writing-pronounsוַֽ⁠יִּפְגְּעוּ֙…לִ⁠קְרָאתָ֑⁠ם בְּ⁠צֵאתָ֖⁠ם1Here, **they** and **them** refer to the officers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
463EXO521kv0vיֵ֧רֶא יְהוָ֛ה עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִשְׁפֹּ֑ט1The Israelite officers used this form to curse Moses and Aaron.
464EXO521vfitfigs-youdualעֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִשְׁפֹּ֑ט1**You** refers to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
465EXO521j3zpfigs-metaphorהִבְאַשְׁתֶּ֣ם אֶת־רֵיחֵ֗⁠נוּ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֤י פַרְעֹה֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י עֲבָדָ֔י⁠ו1you have made us offensiveThe Egyptians responded to the Israelites the same way they would respond to a foul odor. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “you have caused Pharaoh and his servants to hate us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
466EXO521d592figs-metonymyחֶ֥רֶב בְּ⁠יָדָ֖⁠ם1have put a sword in their hand to kill usHere, **a sword into their hand** is a metonym for “a reason in their mind.” The Israelites are afraid that the Egyptians will feel that they are doing the right thing if they kill the Israelites, because Moses and Aaron are making demands to the king and because the Egyptians view the Israelites as lazy and dangerous. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “them a reason to think they would be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
467EXO522g4d5figs-rquestionלָ֥⁠מָּה זֶּ֖ה שְׁלַחְתָּֽ⁠נִי1Lord, why have you caused trouble for this people?This question shows how disappointed Moses was that the Egyptians were treating the Israelites even more harshly now. He is expressing that he thinks God has caused the opposite of what he promised to happen. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I thought you sent me to rescue them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
468EXO523v2k2figs-metonymyבִּ⁠שְׁמֶ֔⁠ךָ1to speak to him in your nameHere, **in your name** indicates that Moses delivers Yahwehs message. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for you” or “your message for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
469EXO523fzirfigs-idiomוְ⁠הַצֵּ֥ל לֹא־הִצַּ֖לְתָּ1In Hebrew, **rescued** is repeated for emphasis. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
470EXO6introwe5k0# Exodus 06 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>- v. 1-13, 28-30: Yahweh repeats his commissioning of Moses after the bad events recorded in chapter 5<br>- v. 14-27: Genealogy of Moses and Aaron<br><br>## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Repetition of events:<br><br>Most of the content of this chapter is very similar to the events and dialogue in chapters 3-4. For consistency, translators should consult the decisions they made there while keeping in mind that this narrative is not exactly the same. Also, verses 10-12 and verses 28-30 are very similar to each other. These events are probably a recommissioning of Moses. After his first encounter with Pharaoh went very poorly and the Israelites seem to reject God, Yahweh reminds Moses of his promises and power.<br><br>### Referring to God<br><br>A name for God (**Yahweh**) and a title for God (**El Shaddai**) are mentioned in this chapter ([6:2](../06/02.md)\\-[6:3](../06/03.md)). The precise meaning of El Shaddai is not known, but most scholars think it means something like “almighty.” Translators who have worked on Genesis may find confusing the statement that Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob did not know Yahweh as the name of God.<br><br>### Other possible translation difficulties:<br><br>With little explanation, a large portion of the chapter is devoted to the genealogy of Moses and Aaron. Some of the people in the genealogy lived much longer than is normal for humans today. If translators are not familiar with the lengths of peoples lives in the early days of the world (as recorded in Genesis, especially chapter 5), this may cause confusion.<br><br>## Study Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Promised Land<br><br>According to the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham, Egypt is not the home of the Hebrew people. Their home is the Promised Land in Canaan. The people are to return home to their land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### God and his people<br><br>In verse 7, note the mention of a very important biblical theme of God being “your God” and the special relationship that his people have with him.
471EXO61ip5ifigs-quotemarksעַתָּ֣ה תִרְאֶ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֖ה לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֑ה כִּ֣י בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ יְשַׁלְּחֵ֔⁠ם וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה יְגָרְשֵׁ֖⁠ם מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ1This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
472EXO61lu95grammar-connect-time-sequentialעַתָּ֣ה1This refers to future events starting very soon. Alternative translation: “Starting soon” or “Very soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
473EXO61ece6figs-metonymyבְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙…וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה1my strong handHere, **hand** is a metonym for power. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by a strong power … and by a strong power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
474EXO61utnnfigs-metonymyבְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙…וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה1It is not clear in the text whose **hand** is referred to here. The options include: (1) Both refer to Gods hand (forcing Pharaohs actions) (2) Both refer to Pharaohs hand (forcing the Israelites out) (3) They dont refer to the same persons hand; the first refers to Gods and the second to Pharaohs. The UST has followed (1), which is the most common interpretation. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: (1) “by my strong hand … and by my strong hand” (2) “by his strong hand … and by his strong hand” (3) “by my strong hand … and by his strong hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
475EXO61vdnofigs-parallelismכִּ֣י בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ יְשַׁלְּחֵ֔⁠ם וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה יְגָרְשֵׁ֖⁠ם מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ1These two phrases mean similar things. God says the same thing twice, in similar ways, for emphasis. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “I will force him to let my people leave the land” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase intensifies the first by portraying Pharaoh as not merely letting the Israelites go, but as forcing them to leave the land. Alternate translation: “I will force him to let them go, in fact, I will force him to force them to leave his land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
476EXO61sdonמֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ1Alternate translation: “from Egypt”
477EXO62wse5writing-neweventוַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֑ה וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֵלָ֖י⁠ו1There is a transition here. Before this verse, Yahweh was answering Moses question more directly. At the beginning of this verse, Yahweh is reintroduced as “God” because he begins to make a clarifying statement about himself and his relationship with the Israelites and their ancestors as well as his plans for the Israelites. Much of this section repeats what Yahweh has already told Moses. You may want to consider a section break before this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
478EXO63l81ytranslate-transliterateבְּ⁠אֵ֣ל שַׁדָּ֑י1I appeared to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob**El Shaddai** is a title for God that many scholars think means “almighty.” You will need to decide if you will transliterate the term into your language or translate the meaning. Either approach has broad support. Alternative translation: “as the strongest God of all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
479EXO63m27pfigs-activepassiveוּ⁠שְׁמִ֣⁠י יְהוָ֔ה לֹ֥א נוֹדַ֖עְתִּי לָ⁠הֶֽם1I was not known to themIf your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but they did not know me by my name Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
480EXO63e36zוּ⁠שְׁמִ֣⁠י יְהוָ֔ה לֹ֥א נוֹדַ֖עְתִּי לָ⁠הֶֽם1This statement is very difficult to understand as Gods name, Yahweh, is used throughout Genesis, including by Abraham and others. There are many theories about what it means; the view followed by the UST is that now God is revealing to the Israelites a fuller meaning of his divine name than what Abraham and others knew. Alternate translation: “but my name Yahweh was not understood by them”
481EXO64zxvcfigs-quotationsלָ⁠תֵ֥ת לָ⁠הֶ֖ם אֶת־אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן1This is the content of the covenant promise from God to his people. Some languages may need to make this part a direct quotation. To do so, begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I said, I will give you the land of Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
482EXO64gkkcfigs-parallelismאֶ֥רֶץ מְגֻרֵי⁠הֶ֖ם אֲשֶׁר־גָּ֥רוּ בָֽ⁠הּ1These two phrases mean similar things. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “the land they lived in as temporary residents” or “the land that was not their home but where they lived as foreigners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
483EXO65l3ycנַאֲקַת֙1groaningHere, **groaning** means making sad sounds because of pain and suffering.
484EXO65aieyוָ⁠אֶזְכֹּ֖ר אֶת־בְּרִיתִֽ⁠י1**I have remembered my covenant** means God is going to take action. Alternative translation: “I will keep my promise”
485EXO66rgh0grammar-connect-logic-resultלָ⁠כֵ֞ן1God is now telling Moses to deliver a message to the Israelites of what God is going to do because of everything that he said in verses 2-5. The reason-result relationship is strongly marked here, so translations should make sure to use a connector that marks verse 6-8 as a result of verses 2-5. Alternate translation: “Because of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
486EXO66yv14לָ⁠כֵ֞ן אֱמֹ֥ר לִ⁠בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֘ל1say to the IsraelitesThis is a command from Yahweh to Moses. Alternate translation: “So Yahweh told Moses to say to the Israelites”
487EXO66we3zfigs-youdualאֶתְ⁠כֶ֗ם…אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם…אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙1Here every occurrence of **you** refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
488EXO66oqnwfigs-synecdocheמִ⁠תַּ֨חַת֙ סִבְלֹ֣ת מִצְרַ֔יִם1This refers to all the hard work the Egyptians made the Israelites do. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the hard work the Egyptians force you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
489EXO66xyn4figs-metaphorבִּ⁠זְר֣וֹעַ נְטוּיָ֔ה1Here, **arm** is a figurative way of referring to Yahwehs power, influence, and capacity for action. **Outstretched** means that he is using that power. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “by my great strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
490EXO66efx1וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁפָטִ֖ים1Here, the term **judgments** refers to the plagues that God is about to send to harm Egypt and the Egyptians. Each plague is a response to Pharaohs stubbornness. Alternate translation: “and by [greatly] harming the Egyptians”
491EXO67o3lbfigs-youdualאֶתְ⁠כֶ֥ם…לָ⁠כֶ֖ם…וִֽ⁠ידַעְתֶּ֗ם…אֱלֹ֣הֵי⁠כֶ֔ם…אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם1Here every occurrence of **you** refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
492EXO67xsdhfigs-synecdocheמִ⁠תַּ֖חַת סִבְל֥וֹת מִצְרָֽיִם1This refers to all the hard work the Egyptians forced upon the Israelites. See what you did in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “from the hard work the Egyptians force you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
493EXO68h9hofigs-youdualאֶתְ⁠כֶם֙…לָ⁠כֶ֛ם1Here every occurrence of **you** refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
494EXO68g9rutranslate-symactionנָשָׂ֨אתִי֙ אֶת־יָדִ֔⁠י1I sworeThis is an action that signifies making an oath. Raising the hand may not have the same meaning in your culture, so you may need to use a different symbolic oath-taking action in your translation or simply translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “I promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
495EXO68i3vjמוֹרָשָׁ֖ה1This means the Israelites will own the land. Alternate translation: “as your own land”
496EXO69aaljgrammar-connect-logic-resultוְ⁠לֹ֤א שָֽׁמְעוּ֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה מִ⁠קֹּ֣צֶר ר֔וּחַ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עֲבֹדָ֖ה קָשָֽׁה1In some languages it will be necessary to put the reason for the people not listening before the result. Alternate translation: “but because of shortness of spirit and because of hard service, they did not listen to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
497EXO69eph2מִ⁠קֹּ֣צֶר ר֔וּחַ1Here, the peoples **spirit** is spoken of as something that could be measured. By calling it “short,” the author is saying they did not have very much motivation or hope. Alternate translation: “because they had no hope”
498EXO610tpw4לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר1This is used to mark the beginning of a direct quotation. It can be omitted if it is unnatural.
499EXO611fxf2figs-quotationsוִֽ⁠ישַׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ1This statement tells Moses what to discuss with Pharaoh. Some languages may need to covey this information as a direct quotation. Be careful to change the third-person pronouns to second-person pronouns if you do this. Alternate translation: “and say, You must let the sons of Israel go from your land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
500EXO612h7o0figs-metonymyלִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה1Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. There may also be a hint of impudence in Moses attitude that is conveyed by the words **before the face of Yahweh**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “boldly to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
501EXO612iiuiהֵ֤ן1**Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “as you know.”
502EXO612k7hlfigs-rquestionהֵ֤ן בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֣וּ אֵלַ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֵיךְ֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣⁠נִי פַרְעֹ֔ה1If the Israelites have not listened to me, why will Pharaoh listen to me, since I am not good at speaking?Moses asked this question in hopes that God would change his mind about using Moses. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Since the Israelites did not listen to me, neither will Pharaoh!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
503EXO612lj51grammar-connect-logic-resultהֵ֤ן בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֣וּ אֵלַ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֵיךְ֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣⁠נִי פַרְעֹ֔ה1Moses is presenting a reasoned argument: since this, then probably that. Use a natural way of expressing such arguments in your language. Alternate translation: “Since the sons of Israel have not listened to me, why would you think Pharaoh would listen to me?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
504EXO612k3brfigs-metaphorוַ⁠אֲנִ֖י עֲרַ֥ל שְׂפָתָֽיִם1This is a metaphor that means that Moses was not a good speaker. It is somewhat crude; your translation of this phrase could convey that Moses spoke impolitely. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “And I do not speak well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
505EXO613janrוַ⁠יְצַוֵּ⁠ם֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְ⁠אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֖ה1This phrase is somewhat difficult to translate. Here, **command** could also be translated as “charge” or “commission.” Another difficulty is knowing to whom the command is directed: is it to Moses and Aaron or are they to give the command to Pharaoh and the Israelites; thus **to** could be translated as “for” or “regarding.” Alternate translations: “and he charged them regarding the sons of Israel and regarding Pharaoh” or “and he gave them a command for the sons of Israel and for Pharaoh” or “and he gave them a commission to the sons of Israel and to Pharaoh”
506EXO614hh3zwriting-background0Verses 14-27 are background information. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
507EXO614h195figs-metonymyרָאשֵׁ֣י1the heads of their fathers housesHere, **heads** refers to the original leaders of the clan. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the ancestors of ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
508EXO614wv89translate-namesרְאוּבֵ֜ן…יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל…חֲנ֤וֹךְ וּ⁠פַלּוּא֙ חֶצְר֣וֹן וְ⁠כַרְמִ֔י…רְאוּבֵֽן1Hanok, Pallu, Hezron, and KarmiThese are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
509EXO615c1nitranslate-namesשִׁמְע֗וֹן יְמוּאֵ֨ל וְ⁠יָמִ֤ין וְ⁠אֹ֨הַד֙ וְ⁠יָכִ֣ין וְ⁠צֹ֔חַר וְ⁠שָׁא֖וּל…שִׁמְעֽוֹן1Jemuel, Jamin, Ohad, Jakin, Zohar, and ShaulThese are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
510EXO616k64htranslate-namesלֵוִי֙…גֵּרְשׁ֕וֹן וּ⁠קְהָ֖ת וּ⁠מְרָרִ֑י…לֵוִ֔י1Gershon…MerariThese are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
511EXO616m36ftranslate-numbersשֶׁ֧בַע וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת1137 years oldAlternate translation: “one hundred thirty-seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
512EXO617alm8translate-namesגֵרְשׁ֛וֹן לִבְנִ֥י וְ⁠שִׁמְעִ֖י1Amram…UzzielThese are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
513EXO618gzm3translate-namesקְהָ֔ת עַמְרָ֣ם וְ⁠יִצְהָ֔ר וְ⁠חֶבְר֖וֹן וְ⁠עֻזִּיאֵ֑ל…קְהָ֔ת1These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
514EXO618qu41translate-numbersשָׁלֹ֧שׁ וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת1133 years oldAlternate translation: “one hundred thirty-three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
515EXO619p5sztranslate-namesמְרָרִ֖י מַחְלִ֣י וּ⁠מוּשִׁ֑י1These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
516EXO620ni1ltranslate-namesעַמְרָ֜ם…אַהֲרֹ֖ן…מֹשֶׁ֑ה…עַמְרָ֔ם1These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
517EXO620o5gbtranslate-namesיוֹכֶ֤בֶד1This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
518EXO620mh02translate-kinshipדֹּֽדָת⁠וֹ֙1Here the term **his aunt** specifically means his fathers sister. If your language uses a different term that is specific in this way, translators should use it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
519EXO620ti6qtranslate-numbersשֶׁ֧בַע וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת1137 yearsAlternate translation: “one hundred thirty-seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
520EXO621f3yrtranslate-namesיִצְהָ֑ר קֹ֥רַח וָ⁠נֶ֖פֶג וְ⁠זִכְרִֽי׃1Izhar…Korah…ZichriThese are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
521EXO622n7cltranslate-namesעֻזִּיאֵ֑ל מִֽישָׁאֵ֥ל וְ⁠אֶלְצָפָ֖ן וְ⁠סִתְרִֽי1Uzziel…Mishael…SithriThese are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
522EXO623n1xhtranslate-namesאַהֲרֹ֜ן…עַמִּינָדָ֛ב…נַחְשׁ֖וֹן…נָדָב֙…אֲבִיה֔וּא…אֶלְעָזָ֖ר…אִֽיתָמָֽר1Nadab…IthamarThese are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
523EXO623kww9translate-namesאֱלִישֶׁ֧בַע1Nadab…IthamarThis is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
524EXO624rkz9translate-namesקֹ֔רַח אַסִּ֥יר וְ⁠אֶלְקָנָ֖ה וַ⁠אֲבִיאָסָ֑ף1These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
525EXO624i6o7translate-namesהַ⁠קָּרְחִֽי1This was the name of the clan of people descended from Korah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
526EXO625zvg2translate-namesוְ⁠אֶלְעָזָ֨ר…אַהֲרֹ֜ן…פּֽוּטִיאֵל֙…פִּֽינְחָ֑ס1PhinehasThese are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
527EXO625fck8figs-metonymyרָאשֵׁ֛י1These were the heads of the fathers housesHere, **heads** represents family leaders. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “These were the leaders of the families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
528EXO626ft6ytranslate-unknownעַל־צִבְאֹתָֽ⁠ם1by their groups of fighting menThe term **hosts** refers to a large group of people often organized into groups for war. Alternate translation: “by their groups” or “by their divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
529EXO627o7xpgrammar-connect-logic-goalלְ⁠הוֹצִ֥יא1This expresses their goal when they spoke to Pharaoh. Use a natural way in your language for indicating purpose. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
530EXO628xsslwriting-neweventוַ⁠יְהִ֗י בְּ⁠י֨וֹם1This marks a transition from the record of the genealogy back to the narrative. Consider placing a section break at the start of this verse. Alternate translation: “One day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
531EXO630zyqsfigs-metonymyלִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה1Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. There may also be a hint of impudence in Moses attitude that is conveyed by saying he spoke before **the face of Yahweh**. See how you translated this in [6:12](../06/12.md). If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “boldly to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
532EXO630nf3wfigs-rquestionהֵ֤ן אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם וְ⁠אֵ֕יךְ יִשְׁמַ֥ע אֵלַ֖⁠י פַּרְעֹֽה1I am not good…why will Pharaoh listen to me?Moses asks this question hoping to change Gods mind about sending him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Behold, I am not a good speaker. Pharaoh will certainly not listen to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
533EXO630y4g2הֵ֤ן1**Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “as you know.”
534EXO630vzhqfigs-metaphorאֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם1This is a metaphor that means that Moses thought he was not a good speaker. It is somewhat crude, and your translation of this phrase could convey that Moses spoke impolitely. See how you translated this in [6:12](../06/12.md). Alternate translation: “I always fail to speak well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
535EXO7intror9we0# Exodus 07 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>- v. 1-9: The end of Yahwehs re-sending of Moses and Aaron to Pharaoh<br>- v. 10-13: Pharaohs first refusal, the sign of the snakes<br>- v. 14-25: First plague: the Nile turns to blood<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Miracles<br><br>When Yahweh had Moses perform miracles, Pharaohs men were able to copy these miracles. It is unknown how they were able to do this, but since it was not from Yahweh, they were probably done under some evil power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>### Pharaohs hard heart<br><br>Pharaohs heart is often described as hard, strong, or heavy in this chapter. This means that he was not willing to obey Yahwehs instructions.<br><br>## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Include:<br><br>- Moses as God to Pharaoh<br>- A number of difficult terms: prophet, signs, wonders, miracles, sorcerers, magicians, magic, judgments, canals, reservoirs<br>- The use of “heart” to refer to the seat of will and emotion<br>- Up to third-level quotations
536EXO71r18pfigs-quotemarksמֹשֶׁ֔ה1After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of [verse 5](../07/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
537EXO71gy1tרְאֵ֛ה1This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternative translation: “Listen carefully”
538EXO71dn1sfigs-metaphorנְתַתִּ֥י⁠ךָ אֱלֹהִ֖ים לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֑ה1I have made you like a godThis means Moses would represent the same authority to Pharaoh as God did to Moses. See how you translated the very similar phrase in [Exodus 4:16](../04/16.md). Alternate translation: “I will cause Pharaoh to consider you as a god” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
539EXO71z163figs-metaphorוְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֥ן אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ יִהְיֶ֥ה נְבִיאֶֽ⁠ךָ1This phrase compares Aaron to a prophet, because Aaron will actually be the one who proclaims to Pharaoh what Moses tells him. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 4:16](../04/16.md). Alternate translation: “and Aaron your brother will act like your prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
540EXO72l44vtranslate-kinshipאָחִ֨י⁠ךָ֙1Aaron is older than Moses. If your language uses a different term for the sibling relationship based on gender and age order, choose the appropriate one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
541EXO72hdwofigs-quotationsוְ⁠שִׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ1Some languages may need to make this a direct quotation. If so, be sure to mark it as a second-level quotation, subordinate to Yahwehs main speech. See what you did in [6:25](../06/25.md). Alternative translation: “saying, You must let the sons of Israel go from your land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
542EXO72p9p7מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ1Alternate translation: “from Egypt”
543EXO73adsqfigs-metaphorאַקְשֶׁ֖ה אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה1This means God will make him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **hard**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 4:21](../04/21.md), but note the slightly different metaphor there: the heart being strong vs. **hard** here. Alternate translation: “will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
544EXO73vtt1figs-doubletאֶת־אֹתֹתַ֛⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־מוֹפְתַ֖⁠י1many signs…many wondersThe words **signs** and **wonders** mean basically the same thing. God uses them to emphasize the greatness of what he will do in Egypt. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine them.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
545EXO74ar0lfigs-youdualאֲלֵ⁠כֶם֙1Here, **you** means Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) or plural form (if not) here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
546EXO74e2kvfigs-metonymyיָדִ֖⁠י1put my hand onThe words **my hand** represent Gods great power. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “my power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
547EXO74b6h8figs-metonymyבְּ⁠מִצְרָ֑יִם1Here, **on Egypt** refers to the land and everything in it, including people, animals, and plants. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
548EXO74niluאֶת־צִבְאֹתַ֜⁠י אֶת־עַמִּ֤⁠י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙1These phrases refer to the Israelites in three different ways; they do not refer to three different groups of people. Here, **armies** is the same word translated “hosts” in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “the armies of my Israelite people”
549EXO75cg3ngrammar-connect-logic-resultוְ⁠יָדְע֤וּ מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ כִּֽי־אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֔ה1This is the result of God rescuing the Israelites. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
550EXO75npd6figs-metonymyבִּ⁠נְטֹתִ֥⁠י אֶת־יָדִ֖⁠י עַל1reach out with my hand onThis phrase represents Gods great power. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “when I show my powerful acts against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
551EXO75dgucgrammar-connect-logic-goalוְ⁠הוֹצֵאתִ֥י אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠תּוֹכָֽ⁠ם1The goal of Gods powerful acts was to rescue the Israelites. Use a natural way in your language for indicating purpose. Alternate translation: “so that I bring the sons of Israel out from their midst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
552EXO76iii5figs-parallelismוַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ…עָשֽׂוּ1This repetition emphasizes the statement. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
553EXO77liirwriting-background0This verse contains background information. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
554EXO77g7i5translate-numbersשְׁמֹנִ֣ים…שָׁלֹ֥שׁ וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֖ים1Aaron eighty-three years oldAlternate translation: “eighty … eighty-three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
555EXO77zooufigs-idiomבֶּן־שְׁמֹנִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה…בֶּן־שָׁלֹ֥שׁ וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה1The phrase **a son of**, followed by a number and then **years**, is an idiom that refers to their age. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
556EXO78pwphwriting-neweventוַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה1This verse marks the beginning of new sections, both major and minor. The major story of the plagues and Exodus itself unfolds from here until after Pharaohs army is defeated at the Red Sea. The next minor event is the miracle of the rods becoming snakes. Either by using particular forms that your language uses to mark transitions or by making a section break and heading, this transition should be marked for readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
557EXO78p2kfלֵ⁠אמֹֽר1Here, **saying** marks the beginning of a direct quote and is often omitted in translation when such a construction is unnatural in the target language. See UST.
558EXO79jt9zfigs-quotationsכִּי֩ יְדַבֵּ֨ר אֲלֵ⁠כֶ֤ם פַּרְעֹה֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר תְּנ֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם מוֹפֵ֑ת וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן קַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠הַשְׁלֵ֥ךְ לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה יְהִ֥י לְ⁠תַנִּֽין1When Pharaoh says to you, Do a miracle, then you will say to Aaron, Take your staff and throw it down before Pharaoh, so that it may become a snake.The two quotations in this verse could be stated as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: “When Pharaoh tells you to do a miracle, then you will tell Aaron to take his staff and throw it down before Pharaoh so that it may become a snake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
559EXO79r0tpfigs-quotemarksקַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠הַשְׁלֵ֥ךְ לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה יְהִ֥י לְ⁠תַנִּֽין1This is a second-level direct quotation. The second level may either end after **Pharaoh** or at the end of the verse. If you did not decide to make it an indirect quotation, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
560EXO79p3xhלֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר1Here, **saying** marks the beginning of a direct quote and is often omitted in translation when such a construction is unnatural in the target language. See UST.
561EXO79ms5ofigs-youdualאֲלֵ⁠כֶ֤ם…לָ⁠כֶ֖ם1These pronouns are plural, referring to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) or plural form (if not) here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
562EXO79ogk9figs-metonymyלִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה1Although **before the face of** still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Moses and Aaron are to actually do the miracles in front of Pharaoh so that Pharaoh can see them. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “so Pharaoh can see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
563EXO710ehm9figs-metonymyלִ⁠פְנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֛ה וְ⁠לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י עֲבָדָ֖י⁠ו1This time, while **before the face of** still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Aaron actually does this right in front of Pharaoh and his servants so they could watch what happens. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “where Pharaoh and his servants could see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
564EXO710kv93עֲבָדָ֖י⁠ו1Here, **his servants** does not refer common servants but probably refers to important advisors that would be in the kings court.
565EXO711mqdeלַֽ⁠חֲכָמִ֖ים וְ⁠לַֽ⁠מְכַשְּׁפִ֑ים…חַרְטֻמֵּ֥י1Here, **magicians** probably describes both **wise men and sorcerers** rather than being a third group. See translationWords articles for each term.
566EXO712m4uwאִ֣ישׁ1swallowed upAlternate translation: “magician”
567EXO712u6npוַ⁠יִּבְלַ֥ע1swallowed upAlternate translation: “ate up” or “devoured”
568EXO712m0kwgrammar-connect-logic-contrastוַ⁠יִּבְלַ֥ע מַטֵּֽה־אַהֲרֹ֖ן אֶת־מַטֹּתָֽ⁠ם1This is a surprising and amusing twist which was not what the magicians expected. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
569EXO712prnpfigs-personificationמַטֵּֽה…מַטֹּתָֽ⁠ם1It may be necessary in some languages to translate the word **staff** as “snake,” since it had turned into one. This may be true if it would not make sense in the target language to say (because it is not living) that a staff swallowed or ate something. It may also may not make sense in some languages to speak of the snakes as staffs once they have been transformed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
570EXO713g42ffigs-metaphorוַ⁠יֶּחֱזַק֙ לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה1Pharaohs heart was hardenedPharaohs stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 4:21](../04/21.md), but note that this is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn, as many others in this part of the narrative do). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
571EXO713wekfכַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה1Because Yahwehs prediction precedes this event, some languages may need to place the reference to that prediction before the statement that it was fulfilled. See UST.
572EXO714d27rfigs-metaphorכָּבֵ֖ד לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה1Pharaohs heart is hardNow Yahweh speaks of Pharaohs stubborn attitude as if Pharaohs **heart** were **heavy**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md), but note the slightly different metaphor there: the heart being strong vs **heavy** here. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh is defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
573EXO714qiyxwriting-neweventוַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר1A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
574EXO715ecbyהִנֵּה֙1**Behold** is used to draw attention to information that follows.
575EXO715c5npיֹצֵ֣א הַ⁠מַּ֔יְמָ⁠ה1when he goes out to the waterThere are various theories as to what Pharaoh would go down to the Nile to do, but there is no need to speculate or specify in the translation.
576EXO716yqp7וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו1Say to himAlternate translation: “Say to Pharaoh”
577EXO716uvxefigs-possessionאֱלֹהֵ֤י הָ⁠עִבְרִים֙1Yahweh claimed the Hebrews (Israelites) as his own. They worshiped him. This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
578EXO716d16qfigs-quotesinquotesשַׁלַּח֙ אֶת־עַמִּ֔⁠י וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֻ֖⁠נִי בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֑ר וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה לֹא־שָׁמַ֖עְתָּ עַד־כֹּֽה1This is a third-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. Alternatively, you could translate it as an indirect quotation as in the UST. If you do this, take care to adjust the pronoun person (second/third) as appropriate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
579EXO716cwoxוְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה1Here, **behold** is used to draw attention to the information that follows. In some languages, it will not be translated.
580EXO717j1evכֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה1strike the waterThis quotation formula is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
581EXO717mywjfigs-quotesinquotesבְּ⁠זֹ֣את1This begins a third-level quotation that continues until the end of verse 18. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. It is possible that the third-level quotation actually ends before or after **Behold,** in which case, in the rest of the quote **I** refers to Moses, not Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
582EXO717jjm3הִנֵּ֨ה1**Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Look at this”
583EXO718bsjngrammar-connect-logic-resultוּ⁠בָאַ֣שׁ הַ⁠יְאֹ֑ר1His warning,**the river will stink**, will happen because the fish die. Alternate translation: “and because of that the river will stink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
584EXO718nx0qgrammar-connect-logic-goalלִ⁠שְׁתּ֥וֹת מַ֖יִם1This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternative translation: “in order to find water to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
585EXO718rgl0figs-rpronounsוְ⁠נִלְא֣וּ מִצְרַ֔יִם1Here, **themselves** refers back to the subject (**the Egyptians**) to indicated that the Egyptians are the object of the verb as well. Use a natural form in your language to show that the Egyptians are both subject and object. Alternate translation: “And the Egyptians will exhaust the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
586EXO718grwhfigs-quotemarksמִן־הַ⁠יְאֹֽר1After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahwehs commands ends. Depending on your decisions about the embedded quotation levels, you may have up to three levels of quotations that need to be closed here. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation and quotations within quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
587EXO719ysi7figs-merismעַֽל־נַהֲרֹתָ֣⁠ם ׀ עַל־יְאֹרֵי⁠הֶ֣ם וְ⁠עַל־אַגְמֵי⁠הֶ֗ם וְ⁠עַ֛ל כָּל־מִקְוֵ֥ה מֵימֵי⁠הֶ֖ם1This list is meant to expand on and reinforce the idea of all of the water in Egypt. You should translate the list in such a way that the locations of the blood are not limited to these specific places, but to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
588EXO719wxp2בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֣רֶץ1throughout allAlternate translation: “in every part of”
589EXO719msxpfigs-possessionוּ⁠בָ⁠עֵצִ֖ים וּ⁠בָ⁠אֲבָנִֽים1This possessive show composition. Alternate translation: “and in containers made from wood and in containers made from stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
590EXO720zy18figs-explicitבַּ⁠יְאֹ֔ר1in the riverIf it would be helpful to your readers, the name of the river may be made explicit. Alternate translation: “in the Nile River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
591EXO720mj8vfigs-metonymyלְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה וּ⁠לְ⁠עֵינֵ֖י עֲבָדָ֑י⁠ו1This means in their sight. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the sight of Pharaoh and his servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
592EXO722n7krtranslate-unknownחַרְטֻמֵּ֥י1See how you translated this term in [7:11](../07/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
593EXO722qdc7figs-metaphorוַ⁠יֶּחֱזַ֤ק לֵב־פַּרְעֹה֙1Pharaohs heart was hardenedPharaohs stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
594EXO722sbicכַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה1Because Yahwehs prediction precedes this event, some languages may need to place the reference to that prediction before the statement that it was fulfilled. See UST and how you translated this in [7:13](../07/13.md), where the same sentence appears.
595EXO723atdkfigs-idiomוְ⁠לֹא־שָׁ֥ת לִבּ֖⁠וֹ גַּם־לָ⁠זֹֽאת1This is an idiom meaning Pharaoh did not think about the meaning of the miracle he had just seen. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “And he did not consider what even this meant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
596EXO724m6znfigs-hyperboleכָל־מִצְרַ֛יִם1All the EgyptiansThe word **all** here is a generalization that means “many.” At the least, the upper class would have sent their slaves to dig for them. However, it does indicate that all the Egyptians who wished to drink water had to dig or had to have dug for them. Alternate translation: “many of the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
597EXO725bn5hwriting-neweventוַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֖א1A new scene begins here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
598EXO725gjybfigs-idiomוַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֖א שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֑ים1This means seven days later. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
599EXO725dg56translate-numbersשִׁבְעַ֣ת1Alternate translation: “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
600EXO8introww1y0# Exodus 08 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>- v. 1-15: Second plague: frogs<br>- v. 16-19: Third plague (first that magicians cannot imitate): gnats<br>- v. 20-32: Fourth plague: flies<br><br>## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>- the exact insects in plagues 3-4 are not certain; translation teams will need to decide what insects they can use for each<br>- Pharaoh makes his own heart heavy, that is, he determines to be proud and resist Yahweh twice in this chapter<br>- the Israelites sacrifices are spoken of as an abomination to the Egyptians, but it is not specified how or why that is<br><br>### Lifting up the hand and staff:<br><br>In the next few chapters, God will instruct Moses or Aaron or both to raise his hand or staff or both hand and staff. The narrative will then record who will raise his hand or staff or both. The instruction and the action do not always match exactly. God may say raise your hand, and the narrative may say that Moses raised his staff. These are not conflicting reports. Translators should understand that the hand and the staff are always understood together. They are one unit, and they can both be mentioned, or they can be mentioned separately. In each case, Moses or Aaron raises his hand with the staff in it. This fact is merely expressed differently.
601EXO81tf7bfigs-quotationsבֹּ֖א1This begins a direct quote that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
602EXO81v6llכֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה1This quotation formula is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
603EXO81lndcfigs-quotesinquotesכֹּ֚ה1Here, **Thus** begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
604EXO81kurefigs-quotesinquotesשַׁלַּ֥ח1This begins a third-level quotation that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
605EXO82s7y1figs-ellipsisלְ⁠שַׁלֵּ֑חַ1What Pharaoh is to **let go** is not specified, but “my people” or “the Israelites” are the understood object. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “to let the Israelites go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
606EXO82aei8הִנֵּ֣ה1Here, **behold** is an interjection meant to focus the attention of the listener on what comes next, in this case a dire warning. Alternate translation: “look out”
607EXO83vgbyfigs-merismבְּ⁠בֵיתֶ֔⁠ךָ וּ⁠בַ⁠חֲדַ֥ר מִשְׁכָּבְ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠עַל־מִטָּתֶ֑⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְ⁠בֵ֤ית עֲבָדֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠עַמֶּ֔⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְ⁠תַנּוּרֶ֖י⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְ⁠מִשְׁאֲרוֹתֶֽי⁠ךָ1This long list means “everywhere in Egypt.” It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that the frogs location is not limited to these specific places. The list should imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
608EXO84okokfigs-quotemarks0Up to three levels of quotes end at the end of this verse. Depending on how many levels you chose to mark as direct quotations, you should indicate them ending here with closing second-level (and third-level) quotation mark(s) or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations and quotations within a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
609EXO85ley6figs-quotationsוַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָה֮ אֶל־מֹשֶׁה֒ אֱמֹ֣ר אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן1It may be helpful to translate this first quotation indirectly to avoid having two levels of quotations in this verse. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh told Moses to say to Aaron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
610EXO85dqsbfigs-quotemarksנְטֵ֤ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠מַטֶּ֔⁠ךָ עַל־הַ֨⁠נְּהָרֹ֔ת עַל־הַ⁠יְאֹרִ֖ים וְ⁠עַל־הָ⁠אֲגַמִּ֑ים וְ⁠הַ֥עַל אֶת־הַֽ⁠צְפַרְדְּעִ֖ים עַל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם1This is a second-level direct quotation if you chose to make **Say to Aaron** a direct quotation. In that case, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level opening and closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
611EXO85ejcxיָדְ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠מַטֶּ֔⁠ךָ1See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
612EXO85z19qfigs-merismעַל־הַ֨⁠נְּהָרֹ֔ת עַל־הַ⁠יְאֹרִ֖ים וְ⁠עַל־הָ⁠אֲגַמִּ֑ים1This list is meant to convey the idea of all the water in Egypt where frogs might live. You should translate the list in such a way that the locations are not limited to these specific places. The list should imply universality. This is made clear in [8:6](../08/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
613EXO86wf3afigs-explicitוַ⁠יֵּ֤ט אַהֲרֹן֙1It is implied that Moses told Yahwehs instructions to Aaron. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
614EXO86nrbqfigs-explicitיָד֔⁠וֹ1It is implied that Aaron was holding his staff as instructed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. Alternate translation: “his hand holding his staff” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
615EXO86j1w7figs-synecdocheוַ⁠יֵּ֤ט אַהֲרֹן֙ אֶת־יָד֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל מֵימֵ֣י1Aaron would not have been able to reach his hand over all the water in Egypt. He likely stretched his hand over some nearby portion of the Nile, symbolizing all the water of Egypt. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
616EXO86drmgfigs-explicitוַ⁠תַּ֨עַל֙1[Verse 3](../08/03.md) has specified from where the frogs will come. Here it is implied, but if it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
617EXO86rxzegrammar-collectivenounsהַ⁠צְּפַרְדֵּ֔עַ1There were so many frogs that the text uses the collective singular. If that would be misunderstood in your language, you may simply use the plural, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
618EXO86j83dfigs-metaphorוַ⁠תַּ֨עַל֙ הַ⁠צְּפַרְדֵּ֔עַ וַ⁠תְּכַ֖ס אֶת־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם1This means that there were frogs everywhere in Egypt. The image is like that of a blanket smothering the entire country. (Or more directly, like one giant, nation-sized frog sitting on top of the entire land). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
619EXO87n02ytranslate-unknownהַֽ⁠חֲרְטֻמִּ֖ים בְּ⁠לָטֵי⁠הֶ֑ם1See how you translated these in [7:11](../07/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
620EXO88mhn3וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א פַרְעֹ֜ה לְ⁠מֹשֶׁ֣ה וּֽ⁠לְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֗ן1Then Pharaoh called for Moses and AaronAlternate translation: “Then Pharaoh sent for Moses and Aaron” or “And the king summoned Moses and Aaron”
621EXO88nfe3figs-explicitוַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א פַרְעֹ֜ה לְ⁠מֹשֶׁ֣ה וּֽ⁠לְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֗ן וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙1It is implied that Moses and Aaron came to Pharaoh between the time when he called them and when he spoke to them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And Pharaoh called for Moses and for Aaron, and after they came, he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
622EXO88tx3tfigs-quotationsאֶל־יְהוָ֔ה וְ⁠יָסֵר֙ הַֽ⁠צְפַרְדְּעִ֔ים מִמֶּ֖⁠נִּי וּ⁠מֵֽ⁠עַמִּ֑⁠י1In some languages you may have to make the content of Pharaohs prayer to Yahweh a direct quote. Note that this will make it a second-level quotation and you will need to mark it with second-level quotation markings if your language uses them. Alternate translation: “to Yahweh saying, Please take away the frogs from Pharaoh and from his people. ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
623EXO88qku4figs-hypoוַ⁠אֲשַׁלְּחָה֙ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם וְ⁠יִזְבְּח֖וּ לַ⁠יהוָֽה1This promise is conditional on the frogs going away. Use a natural form in your language for hypothetical situations. Alternate translation: “Once the frogs are gone, I will let the people go, and they may sacrifice to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
624EXO89khfdfigs-ironyהִתְפָּאֵ֣ר עָלַ⁠י֒1Moses speaks with false humility here. He is ironically pointing out Pharaohs powerlessness before Yahweh. Alternate translation: “You can choose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
625EXO89g0lufigs-merismלְ⁠ךָ֗ וְ⁠לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וּֽ⁠לְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֔…מִמְּ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠מִ⁠בָּתֶּ֑י⁠ךָ1These lists mean “for everyone” and “from everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that Moses will ask for a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
626EXO810ofw3grammar-connect-logic-goalלְמַ֣עַן תֵּדַ֔ע כִּי־אֵ֖ין כַּ⁠יהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ1This knowledge is the goal of Yahwehs granting a respite from the frogs. In some languages you may need to place this at the end of [verse 11](../08/11.md), after Moses says the frogs will leave. Use a natural way in your language for indicating purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
627EXO810d1wpfigs-exclusiveאֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ1Here, **our** refers to the Israelites God, excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
628EXO811zwqofigs-merismמִמְּ⁠ךָ֙ וּ⁠מִ⁠בָּ֣תֶּ֔י⁠ךָ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עֲבָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמֶּ֑⁠ךָ1This list means “from everywhere and everyone” (in Egypt). This shows that the end of the plague will be as complete as was its extent. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
629EXO812jjv2שָׂ֥ם1Alternate translation: “Yahweh had set”
630EXO812nxyiwriting-neweventוַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א מֹשֶׁ֛ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֖ן1A minor scene shift occurs here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
631EXO813rwe1figs-merismמִן־הַ⁠בָּתִּ֥ים מִן־הַ⁠חֲצֵרֹ֖ת וּ⁠מִן־הַ⁠שָּׂדֹֽת1This list means “from everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that there was a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
632EXO814a03nחֳמָרִ֣ם חֳמָרִ֑ם1Literally, the Hebrew says “piles piles.” Repetition is used in Hebrew to emphasize how many or how big the piles of frogs were.
633EXO815lv2nfigs-metaphorוְ⁠הַכְבֵּד֙ אֶת־לִבּ֔⁠וֹ1he hardened his heartPharaohs stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he made his own **heart heavy**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:14](../07/14.md), but note there that the state of Pharaohs heart is reported, whereas here Pharaoh makes his own heart heavy. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh determined to be defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
634EXO815b47hכַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה1just as Yahweh had said that he would doAlternate translation: “just as Yahweh had said Pharaoh would do”
635EXO816cikqwriting-neweventוַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָה֮1A new scene begins here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. This is the start of the third plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
636EXO816s5ghfigs-quotationsוַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָה֮ אֶל־מֹשֶׁה֒ אֱמֹר֙ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֔ן1**Say to Aaron** starts a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. However, it may be helpful to translate one of the parts as an indirect quotation so that you do not have to have two levels of quotations here. See the UST. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh told Moses to tell Aaron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
637EXO816joxzנְטֵ֣ה אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠הַ֖ךְ1This is one action or motion, but it is described with the two verbs that occur throughout this section of plague judgment.
638EXO816kpr5מַטְּ⁠ךָ֔1This refers to Aarons staff. See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
639EXO816w5eltranslate-unknownלְ⁠כִנִּ֖ם1We do not know exactly what this word means. It is probably a tiny (as in dust-particle size), biting insect. You should choose a different insect here than the one in the next plague ([8:21](../08/21.md)-8:31). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
640EXO817l9wjוַ⁠יֵּט֩ אַהֲרֹ֨ן אֶת־יָד֤⁠וֹ בְ⁠מַטֵּ֨⁠הוּ֙ וַ⁠יַּךְ֙ אֶת־עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ1Again, this is one action or motion, but it is described with the two verbs, **stretched** and **struck**, that occur throughout this section of plague judgment. See how you translated it in the [previous verse](../08/16.md).
641EXO817l784יָד֤⁠וֹ בְ⁠מַטֵּ֨⁠הוּ֙1See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
642EXO817nhgttranslate-unknownהַ⁠כִּנָּ֔ם…כִנִּ֖ים1Again, we do not know what this term refers to for certain, so see how you translated it in [8:16](../08/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
643EXO817grs3figs-gendernotationsבָּ⁠אָדָ֖ם1Here **man** includes women and children. Alternate translation: “people” or “mankind” or “humans” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
644EXO817grg5figs-hyperboleכָּל־עֲפַ֥ר הָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ…בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם1This extraordinary statement with the repeated **all** is used to emphasize the extent and severity of the plague. If this would be unnatural in your language use a natural way to communicate that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
645EXO818wga0translate-unknownהַ⁠חַרְטֻמִּ֧ים בְּ⁠לָטֵי⁠הֶ֛ם1See how you translated these in [7:11](../07/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
646EXO818ii85translate-unknownהַ⁠כִּנִּ֖ים…הַ⁠כִּנָּ֔ם1See how you translated this term in [8:16](../08/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
647EXO818mnj5figs-gendernotationsבָּ⁠אָדָ֖ם1Here **man** includes women and children. Alternate translation: “people” or “mankind” or “humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
648EXO819kcs9translate-unknownהַֽ⁠חַרְטֻמִּים֙1See how you translated this term in [7:11](../07/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
649EXO819lk2kfigs-synecdocheאֶצְבַּ֥ע אֱלֹהִ֖ים הִ֑וא1This is the finger of GodThe words “finger of God” represent the power of God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This is the powerful work of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
650EXO819z1w2figs-metaphorוַ⁠יֶּחֱזַ֤ק לֵב־פַּרְעֹה֙1Pharaohs heart was hardenedPharaohs stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md). This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
651EXO819rp3iwriting-pronounsאֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם1Here, **them** may refer to the magicians or to Aaron and Moses. Alternate translation: “to the magicians warning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
652EXO819gjggכַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה1Some languages will need to place this before the thing that Yahweh predicted, as in the UST.
653EXO820j5n8וְ⁠הִתְיַצֵּב֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה1stand in front of PharaohAlternate translation: “and present yourself to Pharaoh”
654EXO820frfnwriting-neweventוַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה1A new scene begins here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. This is the beginning of the fourth plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
655EXO820syv2figs-metonymyלִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה1Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
656EXO820vnymהִנֵּ֖ה1**Behold** is used to draw attention to important information that is next. In some languages and translation styles, it will make the most sense to omit this, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully”
657EXO820uypafigs-quotationsכֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה1This phrase opens a direct quote that continues until the end of [verse 23](../08/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. However, you may also consider making the opening portion an indirect quote so that you do not have a quote inside of a quote for the next verses. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
658EXO820eqd2כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה1Let my people goThis quotation formula is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
659EXO820a7l7figs-quotemarksשַׁלַּ֥ח1This phrase opens a second-level direct quotation which continues until the end of [verse 23](../08/23.md), unless you made **thus says Yahweh** an indirect quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
660EXO820fgl3grammar-connect-logic-goalוְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֻֽ⁠נִי1This is the purpose of the people being let go. Use a natural way in your language for indicating purpose. Alternate translation: “so they can serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
661EXO821hitqהִנְ⁠נִי֩1The expression **behold me!** is used to draw attention to important information that is next. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully”
662EXO821hwclgrammar-collectivenounsהֶ⁠עָרֹ֑ב…הֶ֣⁠עָרֹ֔ב1Here, **the swarm** is a collective singular noun that refers to a great number of flying, biting insects traveling in a group. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “swarms of flies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
663EXO821l5z7translate-unknownהֶ⁠עָרֹ֑ב…הֶ֣⁠עָרֹ֔ב1Here, **the swarm** probably refers to the common large flies that bother humans and livestock. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
664EXO821folifigs-merismבְּ⁠ךָ֜ וּ⁠בַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֧י⁠ךָ וּֽ⁠בְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֛ וּ⁠בְ⁠בָתֶּ֖י⁠ךָ…בָּתֵּ֤י מִצְרַ֨יִם֙…וְ⁠גַ֥ם הָ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה1This long list means “everywhere in Egypt.” It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that the flies location is not limited to these specific places but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
665EXO822mv8wgrammar-connect-logic-goalלְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י הֱיֽוֹת־שָׁ֖ם עָרֹ֑ב1General Information:This is the goal of Yahweh treating the land of Goshen differently. Alternate translation: “by keeping the swarm from there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
666EXO822apumgrammar-collectivenounsעָרֹ֑ב1This is a collective singular noun that refers to a great number of swarming, biting insects. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md). Alternate translation: “swarms of flies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
667EXO822qb9htranslate-unknownעָרֹ֑ב1These are probably the common large flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
668EXO822refqgrammar-connect-logic-goalלְמַ֣עַן תֵּדַ֔ע כִּ֛י אֲנִ֥י יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠קֶ֥רֶב הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ1This is the goal of treating the Israelites differently. In some languages you may need to put this phrase the beginning of the verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
669EXO822a28hאֲנִ֥י יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠קֶ֥רֶב הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ1Here, **am** could be connecting **I** and **Yahweh** or it could be connecting **I, Yahweh** and **in the middle of the land**. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am in the middle of the land”
670EXO823oxr5figs-abstractnounsפְדֻ֔ת1This is a noun derived from a verb meaning “to buy back.” Very broadly, it can mean “to save or rescue.” If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **redemption**, you could express the same idea in another way. See the next note regarding textual variants for more information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
671EXO823tf4jtranslate-textvariantsפְדֻ֔ת1Many translations follow the Septuagint here, which uses the word “division.” A minor change to the Hebrew would also produce the word translated “treat differently” in the [previous verse](../08/22.md). Alternate translation: “a division” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
672EXO823u4gsעַמִּ֖⁠י1Yahwehs people, that is, the Israelites. Alternate translation: “the Israelites”
673EXO823rg2cעַמֶּ֑⁠ךָ1Pharaohs people, that is, the Egyptians. Alternate translation: “the Egyptians”
674EXO823tb24figs-quotemarksלְ⁠מָחָ֥ר יִהְיֶ֖ה הָ⁠אֹ֥ת הַ⁠זֶּֽה׃1After this phrase, the three levels of direct quotations of Yahweh that started in [8:20](../08/20.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing first-level, second-level, and third-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations. You may not have three levels if you made any level an indirect quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
675EXO824gw3cfigs-explicitוַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ יְהוָה֙ כֵּ֔ן1The UST supplies a brief sentence filling in the gap between Yahwehs command to Moses and the onset of the plague. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly to make the progression of events clear. Alternate translation: “Moses obeyed the instructions Yahweh gave him, and Pharaoh responded as Yahweh had said he would. And Yahweh did so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
676EXO824lk5swriting-neweventוַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ יְהוָה֙ כֵּ֔ן1There is a minor scene change here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
677EXO824ut0ftranslate-unknownעָרֹ֣ב1There are probably the common large flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
678EXO824dg0kfigs-goוַ⁠יָּבֹא֙1Some languages may need to translate this as “going” rather than “coming.” Alternate translation: “and … went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
679EXO824tmcffigs-merismבֵּ֥יתָ⁠ה פַרְעֹ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֣ית עֲבָדָ֑י⁠ו1This means “to everyone everywhere” (in Egypt), as made explicit in the next statement. This makes clear that the insects were throughout the land. You should translate this in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
680EXO824nd6efigs-activepassiveתִּשָּׁחֵ֥ת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ מִ⁠פְּנֵ֥י הֶ⁠עָרֹֽב1the land was ruined because of the swarms of fliesIf your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The swarms of flies devastated the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
681EXO824nguefigs-metonymyמִ⁠פְּנֵ֥י הֶ⁠עָרֹֽב1Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of the insects. Alternate translation: “because the insects were everywhere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
682EXO825e7l0grammar-connect-time-simultaneousוַ⁠יִּקְרָ֣א1This happened during the plague. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
683EXO825gj2wfigs-youdualלֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם1Here, **your** is plural. It could refer either to Moses and Aaron or to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) if your team decides it means Moses and Aaron; otherwise use a plural form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
684EXO826e9wkתּוֹעֲבַ֣ת מִצְרַ֔יִם…תּוֹעֲבַ֥ת מִצְרַ֛יִם1We do not know what about their sacrificing was an **abomination** to the Egyptians. The same term is used in Genesis 43:32 and 46:34 to describe the Egyptians feelings about eating with Hebrews and about the Hebrew profession of shepherding, respectively. Translators should attempt to convey the strong negative feelings that would be provoked in the Egyptians without speculating as to the cause.
685EXO826idktfigs-exclusiveנִזְבַּ֖ח…אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ…נִזְבַּ֞ח…יִסְקְלֻֽ⁠נוּ1Here, **we**, **our,** and **us** should all be translated as exclusive (if your language makes that distinction). Pharaoh and the Egyptians are not included. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
686EXO826i7dyfigs-rquestionוְ⁠לֹ֥א יִסְקְלֻֽ⁠נוּ1will they not stone us?Moses asks this question to show Pharaoh that the Egyptians would not allow the Israelites to worship Yahweh by making a sacrifice repugnant to them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “they will certainly stone us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
687EXO826gy7dfigs-metonymyלְ⁠עֵינֵי⁠הֶ֖ם1right before their eyesThe express **before their eyes** is a figurative way of saying “where they can see.” If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in their sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
688EXO827ju3ufigs-exclusiveנֵלֵ֖ךְ…וְ⁠זָבַ֨חְנוּ֙…אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ…אֵלֵֽי⁠נוּ1Here, **we**, **our,** and **us** should all be translated as exclusive (if your language makes that distinction). Pharaoh and his people are not included. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
689EXO828qxesfigs-youdualאֶתְ⁠כֶם֙…אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶם֙…תַרְחִ֖יקוּ1If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
690EXO828mla2אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙1Alternate translation: “the Israelites”
691EXO828hnudfigs-idiomהַרְחֵ֥ק…תַרְחִ֖יקוּ1In Hebrew, **far** is repeated to emphasize (with **not**) that they are absolutely not to go too far. If your language does not use repeating words like this, express the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
692EXO829h94tהִנֵּ֨ה1**Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation. Alternate translation: “Know this”
693EXO829jirmtranslate-unknownהֶ⁠עָרֹ֗ב1These are probably the common large flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
694EXO829yvclfigs-123personמִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֛ה…פַּרְעֹה֙1Moses may be using the third person to refer to Pharaoh to show respect, because the king appears to be relenting. If use of the third person is not a way of showing respect in your culture or is not a valid way of addressing an individual at all, you may need to change the form. Alternate translation: “from you … you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
695EXO829la3zfigs-merismמִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֛ה מֵ⁠עֲבָדָ֥י⁠ו וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמּ֖⁠וֹ1This list means “from everywhere and everyone” (in Egypt). This shows that the end of the plague will be as complete as its extent. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
696EXO829bf85figs-doublenegativesאַל־יֹסֵ֤ף פַּרְעֹה֙ הָתֵ֔ל לְ⁠בִלְתִּי֙ שַׁלַּ֣ח אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם1you must not deal deceitfully any more by not letting our people goIf this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “you must begin to deal truthfully with us and let our people go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
697EXO829hh4qרַ֗ק אַל־יֹסֵ֤ף פַּרְעֹה֙ הָתֵ֔ל1But you must not deal deceitfullyAlternate translation: “But you must not deceive us” or “But you must not lie to us”
698EXO830tullwriting-neweventוַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א מֹשֶׁ֖ה1There is a minor scene shift here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
699EXO831rj50translate-unknownהֶ⁠עָרֹ֔ב1These are probably the common large flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
700EXO831iyhnfigs-merismמִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֖ה מֵ⁠עֲבָדָ֣י⁠ו וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמּ֑⁠וֹ1This list means “from everyone and everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that there was a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
701EXO831mb4rfigs-hyperboleלֹ֥א נִשְׁאַ֖ר אֶחָֽד1This extreme statement emphasizes how thoroughly Yahweh removed the insects from the land. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that emphasizes thoroughness or complete lack of the swarm. Alternate translation: “There was not a single one of these insects left in the whole land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
702EXO832sb5lfigs-metaphorוַ⁠יַּכְבֵּ֤ד פַּרְעֹה֙ אֶת־לִבּ֔⁠וֹ1Pharaoh hardened his heartPharaohs stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he made his own **heart heavy**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [8:15](../08/15.md). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh determined to be defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
703EXO9introhqw80# Exodus 09 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>- v. 1-7: Fifth plague (first that does not affect Israelites): disease kills livestock<br>- v. 8-12: Sixth plague: boils<br>- v. 13-35: Seventh plague: hail<br>- v. 27-35: Pharaoh seems to repent, but it does not last<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>- animals are affected in both the fifth and seventh plagues, in the fifth, the word is specifically related to domestic animals (livestock) while the word used in the seventh is more general
704EXO91se3fwriting-neweventוַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙1General Information:A new scene begins here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. This is the beginning of the fifth plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
705EXO91p1ojfigs-quotemarksאֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה1After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of [9:4](../09/04.md) and contains two additional levels of quotes. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
706EXO91fo4ofigs-quotesinquotesוְ⁠דִבַּרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֔ים1You may want to translate the second-level quotation beginning with **Thus says Yahweh** as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “and say to him that Yahweh, the God of the Hebrews, says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
707EXO91w0lgכֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙1This quotation formula is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
708EXO91x4bdעַמִּ֖⁠י1Alternate translation: “the Israelites”
709EXO92l7ldfigs-parallelismכִּ֛י אִם־מָאֵ֥ן אַתָּ֖ה לְ⁠שַׁלֵּ֑חַ וְ⁠עוֹדְ⁠ךָ֖ מַחֲזִ֥יק בָּֽ⁠ם1if you refuse to let them go, if you still keep them backThese two phrases mean basically the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “If you continue refusing to let them go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
710EXO93fltrהִנֵּ֨ה1The word **behold** is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternate translation: “look out”
711EXO93ume2figs-metonymyיַד־יְהוָ֜ה הוֹיָ֗ה בְּ⁠מִקְנְ⁠ךָ֙1then Yahwehs hand will be on your cattleHere, **hand** represents Yahwehs power to afflict their animals with disease. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Then the power of Yahweh will afflict your livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
712EXO93cjt9figs-123personיַד־יְהוָ֜ה1This is part of the reported speech that Yahweh wants Moses to say to Pharaoh. Therefore, you could change the third person **the hand of Yahweh** to first person if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “My hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
713EXO93tn3zfigs-youdualבְּ⁠מִקְנְ⁠ךָ֙1on your cattleWhile the word **your** here is not plural, the next verse shows that it refers to all the people of Egypt who owned cattle. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, you may want to use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
714EXO93v8urfigs-merismבַּ⁠סּוּסִ֤ים בַּֽ⁠חֲמֹרִים֙ בַּ⁠גְּמַלִּ֔ים בַּ⁠בָּקָ֖ר וּ⁠בַ⁠צֹּ֑אן1This long list is meant to reinforce the universal effects of the coming plague. It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that it is not limiting but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
715EXO93m1fkgrammar-collectivenounsבַּ⁠בָּקָ֖ר…וּ⁠בַ⁠צֹּ֑אן1These (**cattle** and **flock**) are collective singular nouns which refer to groups of animals. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “on your bulls and cows and on your sheep and goats” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
716EXO93f5srfigs-metaphorכָּבֵ֥ד1Here the plague is spoken of as if it weighed a lot. This means it would be very bad. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “severe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
717EXO94x12rfigs-123personיְהוָ֔ה1This is part of the reported speech that Yahweh wants Moses to say to Pharaoh. Therefore, you could change the third person **Yahweh** to first person if it would be clearer in your language. You should do the same as you did in the [previous verse](../09/04.md). Alternate translation: “I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
718EXO94lp3tfigs-metonymyיִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל1Israels cattleHere, **Israel** refers to the Israelites. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
719EXO94u60cgrammar-collectivenounsיִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל1Here, **Israel** is used as a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
720EXO94fs25figs-metonymyמִקְנֵ֣ה מִצְרָ֑יִם1Egypts cattleHere, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptians. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the livestock of the Egyptian people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
721EXO94k5rxדָּבָֽר1Alternate translation: “animal”
722EXO94xk5dמִ⁠כָּל־לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל1Alternate translation: “which belongs to any of the sons of Israel”
723EXO95vqz2וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם יְהוָ֖ה מוֹעֵ֣ד1fixed a timeAlternate translation: “And Yahweh made an appointed time”
724EXO95w8gkלֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר1This marks the beginning of a direct quotation. It can be omitted in translation if your language does not use a similar form. However, in this sentence it is the only verb related to speech, so you may need to translate it similarly to the way the UST does.
725EXO95pxb1figs-123personיְהוָ֛ה1Yahweh is speaking here. Therefore, you could change the third person **Yahweh** to first person if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
726EXO96gt3nfigs-explicitוַ⁠יַּ֨עַשׂ יְהוָ֜ה1It is implied that Moses went and spoke to Pharaoh as directed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Moses did as Yahweh had commanded. And Yahweh did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
727EXO96cx5ifigs-hyperboleכֹּ֖ל מִקְנֵ֣ה1All the cattle of Egypt diedThis is exaggerated to emphasize the seriousness of the event. There were still some animals alive that were afflicted by later plagues. However, it may be best to translate this with the word “all.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
728EXO96gy7tfigs-metonymyמִצְרָ֑יִם1cattle of EgyptHere, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptians. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Egyptian peoples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
729EXO96i0blfigs-litotesוּ⁠מִ⁠מִּקְנֵ֥ה בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֹא־מֵ֥ת אֶחָֽד1Here the author uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “But every single one of the Israelites livestock lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
730EXO97md84וְ⁠הִנֵּ֗ה1beholdAgain, **behold** is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternate translation: “and listen”
731EXO97rtnyfigs-litotesלֹא־מֵ֛ת מִ⁠מִּקְנֵ֥ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל עַד־אֶחָ֑ד1Here the author uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “every single one of the Israelites livestock was alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
732EXO97kkucfigs-metonymyיִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל1Here, **Israel** refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
733EXO97sforgrammar-collectivenounsיִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל1Here, **Israel** is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
734EXO97j51jfigs-metaphorוַ⁠יִּכְבַּד֙ לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה1his heart was stubbornPharaohs stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **heavy**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “But Pharaoh was defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
735EXO98brm6writing-neweventוַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָה֮1kilnA new scene begins here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. This is the start of the sixth plague scene. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
736EXO98luhgfigs-youdualלָ⁠כֶם֙…חָפְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם1**You** and **your** refer to both Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use dual form (if you have one) or plural forms (if not) here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
737EXO98ydarקְח֤וּ לָ⁠כֶם֙ מְלֹ֣א חָפְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם1Alternate translation: “Each of you fill both your hands with”
738EXO98u5wnפִּ֖יחַ כִּבְשָׁ֑ן1Alternate translation: “ash from a furnace” or “ash produced by a furnace”
739EXO98gk7fgrammar-collectivenounsפִּ֖יחַ1Here, **ash** is singular. For some languages you may need to make it plural as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
740EXO98gu1vהַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יְמָ⁠ה1Alternate translation: “toward the sky”
741EXO98p795figs-metonymyלְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י פַרְעֹֽה1The phrase **before the eyes of Pharaoh** means in his sight. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the sight of Pharaoh” or “so Pharaoh sees it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
742EXO99d2v3translate-unknownלִ⁠שְׁחִ֥ין פֹּרֵ֛חַ אֲבַעְבֻּעֹ֖ת1fineTo have **boils** means to have a condition where the skin is red, hot, and painful, the skin breaks open, and puss and blood come out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
743EXO99jlh0figs-gendernotationsהָ⁠אָדָ֜ם1Here, **man** includes women and children. Alternate translation: “people” or “mankind” or “humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
744EXO910wdcngrammar-collectivenounsפִּ֣יחַ1Here, **ash** is singular. For some languages you may need to make it plural as in the UST. See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
745EXO910dp3lפִּ֣יחַ הַ⁠כִּבְשָׁ֗ן1Alternate translation: “ash from a furnace” or “ash produced by a furnace” See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md).
746EXO910ufpnfigs-metonymyוַ⁠יַּֽעַמְדוּ֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה1Here, **before the face of Pharaoh** means in Pharaohs presence. Alternate translation: “and stood in Pharaohs presence” or “and stood in the presence of Pharaoh” See how you translated a similar statement in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
747EXO910xmbwהַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יְמָ⁠ה1Alternate translation: “toward the sky” See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md).
748EXO910jhzbtranslate-unknownשְׁחִין֙ אֲבַעְבֻּעֹ֔ת פֹּרֵ֕חַ1To have **boils** means to have a condition where the skin is red, hot, and painful, the skin breaks open, and puss and blood come out. See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
749EXO910rdo3figs-gendernotationsבָּ⁠אָדָ֖ם1Here, **man** includes women and children. See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
750EXO911jrc3הַֽ⁠חַרְטֻמִּ֗ים…בַּֽ⁠חֲרְטֻמִּ֖ם1See how you translated **magicians** in [7:11](../07/11.md).
751EXO911dxsxfigs-metonymyלַ⁠עֲמֹ֛ד לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י מֹשֶׁ֖ה1Here, **before the face of** means in Moses presence. Alternate translation: “to stand in Moses presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
752EXO911k9uufigs-metonymyמִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠שְּׁחִ֑ין1Here, **the face of** means the presence of or perhaps pain from the boils. Alternate translation: “because of the boils” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
753EXO911lpmqtranslate-unknownהַ⁠שְּׁחִ֑ין…הַ⁠שְּׁחִ֔ין1To have **boils** means to have a condition where the skin is red, hot, and painful, the skin breaks open, and puss and blood come out. See how you translated this in [9:9](../09/09.md). However, this time only **boils** is used, without the description (“bursting blisters”) that is in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
754EXO912p5m5figs-metaphorוַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה1Yahweh hardened Pharaohs heartThis phrase means that it was God who made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
755EXO913ifs8writing-neweventוַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה1A new scene begins here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. This is the beginning of the seventh plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
756EXO913zmrtfigs-metonymyוְ⁠הִתְיַצֵּ֖ב לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה1Here, **before the face of** means in Pharaohs presence. Alternate translation: “and stand in Pharaohs presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
757EXO913dxwwfigs-quotationsוְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֔ים1After **and say to him**, a second-level quote begins which continues until the end of [9:19](../09/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. However, it may be useful to translate this short quote frame as an indirect quotation, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
758EXO913hsl6כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙1This quotation formula is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
759EXO914z68bgrammar-connect-logic-resultכִּ֣י1Here it is implied that Pharaoh will again not let Gods people go. **For** is expressing the result, that is, Gods response to Pharaohs disobedience to the command immediately preceding. You may need to insert this as in the UST or choose a contrastive conjunction. Alternate translation: “Otherwise,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
760EXO914n6wqfigs-synecdocheאֲנִ֨י שֹׁלֵ֜חַ אֶת־כָּל־מַגֵּפֹתַ⁠י֙ אֶֽל־לִבְּ⁠ךָ֔1on you yourselfHere, **to your heart** is a synecdoche that means that even Pharaoh will be hurt by the plagues. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am about to send all my plagues against you personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
761EXO915f056figs-hypoכִּ֤י עַתָּה֙ שָׁלַ֣חְתִּי אֶת־יָדִ֔⁠י וָ⁠אַ֥ךְ אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠אֶֽת־עַמְּ⁠ךָ֖ בַּ⁠דָּ֑בֶר וַ⁠תִּכָּחֵ֖ד מִן־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ1This verse presents two things that God could have done but did not do to the Egyptians. This is to set up the reason he gives in the [next verse](../09/16.md). Be sure that it is clear in your translation that these are hypothetical past events. See the note regarding Yahwehs stated goals in the next verse. Some languages may need to reverse the order of these verses to put Yahwehs goals before his non-action. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
762EXO915a3l8figs-metonymyשָׁלַ֣חְתִּי אֶת־יָדִ֔⁠י וָ⁠אַ֥ךְ אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֛1reached out with my hand and attacked youHere, **my hand** refers to Gods power. Alternate translation: “I could have used my power to attack you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
763EXO915hgfxfigs-metaphorוָ⁠אַ֥ךְ אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠אֶֽת־עַמְּ⁠ךָ֖ בַּ⁠דָּ֑בֶר1Here, **a plague** is spoken about as if it were something that could be used to hit someone. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and caused you and your people to suffer from a plague” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
764EXO916kwksgrammar-connect-logic-goalוְ⁠אוּלָ֗ם בַּ⁠עֲב֥וּר זֹאת֙ הֶעֱמַדְתִּ֔י⁠ךָ בַּ⁠עֲב֖וּר הַרְאֹתְ⁠ךָ֣ אֶת־כֹּחִ֑⁠י וּ⁠לְמַ֛עַן סַפֵּ֥ר שְׁמִ֖⁠י בְּ⁠כָל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ׃1The statements from **to show** to the end of the verse are Yahwehs stated goals, and thus, his reasons for not yet destroying Egypt and Pharaoh. You will need to translate, **However, for this reason I appointed you: in order** in a way that connects with the [previous verse](../09/15.md) in an action-goal manner. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
765EXO916nec7figs-metonymyוּ⁠לְמַ֛עַן סַפֵּ֥ר שְׁמִ֖⁠י בְּ⁠כָל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ1so that my name may be proclaimed throughout all the earthHere, **my name** represents Yahwehs reputation. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “and so that people everywhere will know who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
766EXO917h3edfigs-metaphorעוֹדְ⁠ךָ֖ מִסְתּוֹלֵ֣ל בְּ⁠עַמִּ֑⁠י1lifting yourself up against my peoplePharaohs opposition to letting the Israelites go to worship Yahweh is spoken of as if he were raising himself up as a barrier to them. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You are still blocking my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
767EXO917sdavfigs-rpronounsמִסְתּוֹלֵ֣ל1Here, Pharaoh is both the subject and object of the sentence. Translate this in a way that conveys that (1) Pharaoh is making Pharaoh (himself) proud and (2) this is metaphorically expressed as Pharaoh making Pharaoh (himself) the obstacle in the Israelites way to freedom (as discussed in the previous note.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
768EXO917r1wvמִסְתּוֹלֵ֣ל1Here, **you** is Pharaoh.
769EXO917zfhbבְּ⁠עַמִּ֑⁠י1Here, **my people** are the Israelites.
770EXO918fnd2הִנְ⁠נִ֤י1Listen!Alternate translation: “Pay attention to the important thing I am about to tell you”
771EXO918pmy0כָּ⁠עֵ֣ת…אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹא־הָיָ֤ה כָמֹ֨⁠הוּ֙1Alternate translation: “at this time. There has never been anything like this”
772EXO919fdujfigs-metonymyשְׁלַ֤ח הָעֵז֙ אֶֽת־מִקְנְ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠אֵ֛ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֥ר לְ⁠ךָ֖ בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה1The form of address here is singular; Moses is speaking directly to Pharaoh. However, the next two verses make it clear that Pharaohs servants heard and understood this warning to be for them as well. In this sense Pharaoh represents the Egyptians. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
773EXO919eo52וְ⁠יָרַ֧ד עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֛ם הַ⁠בָּרָ֖ד1Alternate translation: “and the balls of ice will drop on”
774EXO919x4jafigs-gendernotationsכָּל־הָ⁠אָדָ֨ם1Here, **man** means humans and includes men, women, and children. Alternate translation: “everyone” or “anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
775EXO919itlvוְ⁠הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֜ה1Here, **and beast** includes domestic and wild animals.
776EXO919f80efigs-explicitוָ⁠מֵֽתוּ1The people and animals **will die** because they will be fatally injured by the hail. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the hail will kill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
777EXO919g90pfigs-quotemarksוָ⁠מֵֽתוּ1Up to three levels of direct quotation (depending on your earlier decision about converting a level to an indirect quotation) end at the end of this verse. You should indicate that ending here with closing first-level, second-level, and third-level (if required) quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations within quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
778EXO920dp8jfigs-explicitהַ⁠יָּרֵא֙1As in some other occasions, Moses conversation with Pharaoh is not recorded. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the fact that he did as Yahweh instructed explicitly. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
779EXO920p3nzהַ⁠יָּרֵא֙ אֶת־דְּבַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה מֵֽ⁠עַבְדֵ֖י פַּרְעֹ֑ה1Here, **the word of Yahweh** refers to Yahwehs warning, more broadly it means they believed that Yahweh would do what he threatened. Alternate translation: “Those of Pharaohs servants who feared Yahwehs warning”
780EXO921dvwvfigs-metaphorוַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־שָׂ֛ם לִבּ֖⁠וֹ אֶל1Here, **set his heart** means he believed or thought something was true. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. Alternate translation: “but whoever did not respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
781EXO921bzqyfigs-metonymyדְּבַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה1Here, **the word of Yahweh** refers to Yahwehs warning, more broadly it means they did not believe that Yahweh would do what he threatened. Alternate translation: “Yahwehs warning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
782EXO922vtflwriting-neweventוַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה1A minor scene shift occurs here and may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
783EXO922zwvkיָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙1See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
784EXO922h9crfigs-gendernotationsהָ⁠אָדָ֣ם1Here, **man** includes women and children. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
785EXO922r0g4הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֗ה1Here, **beast** includes domestic and wild animals.
786EXO923o8zyמַטֵּ⁠הוּ֮1See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
787EXO925vnpjfigs-merismמֵ⁠אָדָ֖ם וְ⁠עַד־בְּהֵמָ֑ה1Here, **from man to beast** is a figure of speech used to emphasize the extent and severity of the hail. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “every living thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
788EXO925ft0ofigs-gendernotationsמֵ⁠אָדָ֖ם1Here, **man** includes women and children. Alternate translation: “from people” or “from mankind” or “from humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
789EXO925apblבְּהֵמָ֑ה1Here, **beast** includes domestic and wild animals.
790EXO927fu9cwriting-neweventוַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֣ח פַּרְעֹ֗ה1to summonA minor scene shift occurs here and may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
791EXO927sh1xחָטָ֣אתִי1Some commentators suggest translating **sinned** more literally, that is “missed the mark,” because Pharaoh is probably not admitting a moral failure, but instead, admitting that he misjudged.
792EXO927joxyהַ⁠צַּדִּ֔יק…הָ⁠רְשָׁעִֽים1Many commentators suggest that Pharaoh is using these terms in a narrow, legal sense and only referring to this instance. That is, he is saying something like “Ive lost this round in court.” See UST.
793EXO927wag1וְ⁠עַמִּ֖⁠י1Here, **my people** refers to the Egyptians.
794EXO928r0csfigs-litotesוְ⁠לֹ֥א תֹסִפ֖וּ⁠ן לַ⁠עֲמֹֽד1Here Pharaoh uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “really, I will let you go”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
795EXO929ajz3וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֵלָי⁠ו֙ מֹשֶׁ֔ה1Moses said to himAlternate translation: “And Moses said to Pharaoh”
796EXO929b787translate-symactionאֶפְרֹ֥שׂ אֶת־כַּפַּ֖⁠י אֶל־יְהוָ֑ה1spread my hands out to YahwehThis symbolic gesture accompanies prayer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I will pray to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
797EXO930tn94grammar-connect-condition-contraryוְ⁠אַתָּ֖ה וַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֑י⁠ךָ1honor Yahweh GodThis phrase is shifted to the beginning of the sentence to mark focus on Pharaoh and his servants because, despite Yahweh demonstrating his power, they are not yet afraid of him. If your language has a form or discourse feature that draws contrastive focus to participants, use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
798EXO930srx4figs-metonymyמִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י יְהוָ֥ה1Here, **face** means presence or power. Alternate translation: “of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
799EXO931pcwgwriting-background0This and the next verse give background information so that the destruction caused by the later plagues can be understood by the reader. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
800EXO931p1v8translate-unknownוְ⁠הַ⁠פִּשְׁתָּ֥ה…וְ⁠הַ⁠פִּשְׁתָּ֖ה1flax**Flax** is a plant that produces fibers that can be made into linen cloth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
801EXO931lzartranslate-unknownאָבִ֔יב1This means the seeds at the top of the barley stalk were developing but still green. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
802EXO931xnvjגִּבְעֹֽל1Alternate translation: “was flowering”
803EXO932jmq3translate-unknownוְ⁠הַ⁠כֻּסֶּ֖מֶת1spelt**Spelt** is a kind of wheat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
804EXO933fa2jtranslate-symactionוַ⁠יִּפְרֹ֥שׂ כַּפָּ֖י⁠ו אֶל־יְהוָ֑ה1spread out his hands to YahwehThis symbolic gesture accompanies prayer. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 9:29](../09/29.md). Alternate translation: “lifted up his hands toward Yahweh and prayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
805EXO934ke5kfigs-metaphorוַ⁠יַּכְבֵּ֥ד לִבּ֖⁠וֹ1hardened his heartPharaohs stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he made his own **heart heavy**. This time his servants do the same. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [8:15](../08/15.md). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh determined to be defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
806EXO934nz0eוַ⁠יֹּ֣סֶף לַ⁠חֲטֹ֑א1This statement is from the authors perspective. Therefore, unlike in [9:27](../09/27.md), **sin** should be translated with the word your language uses for “sin.”
807EXO934ooedוַ⁠יַּכְבֵּ֥ד לִבּ֖⁠וֹ ה֥וּא וַ⁠עֲבָדָֽי⁠ו1Alternate translation: “and he caused his heart to be heavy. His servants did also” or “and he caused his heart to be heavy. His servants did the same”
808EXO935yxt8figs-metaphorוַֽ⁠יֶּחֱזַק֙ לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה1The heart of Pharaoh was hardenedPharaohs stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md). This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
809EXO935x0knfigs-metaphorכַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה1This is similar to [9:12](../09/12.md). In this case, what Yahweh said is figuratively spoken of as if it were something that could be held in someones hand. This means that Moses delivered a message from Yahweh that Pharaoh would be stubborn. It is not clear if this message was given to the Israelites or if this refers to Moses statement to Pharaoh in [9:30](../09/30.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “just as Yahweh had told Moses to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
810EXO10intros5g10# Exodus 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>The text does not specify, but some time seems to have passed between chapters nine and ten (see 9:31-32 and 10:5).<br>- v. 1-20: Eighth plague: locusts<br> - v. 16-20: Pharaoh seems to repent, but it does not last<br>- v. 21-29: Ninth plague: darkness
811EXO101w4pwfigs-metaphorכִּֽי־אֲנִ֞י הִכְבַּ֤דְתִּי אֶת־לִבּ⁠וֹ֙ וְ⁠אֶת־לֵ֣ב עֲבָדָ֔י⁠ו1for I have hardened his heart and the hearts of his servantsThis means God made Pharaoh and his servants stubborn. Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if their **hearts** were **heavy.** If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md), but note that the metaphor is slightly different here. Alternate translation: “for I have caused Pharaoh and his servants to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
812EXO102zg4cהִתְעַלַּ֨לְתִּי֙ בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם1various signsAlternate translation: “I mocked Egypt”
813EXO103pm8pfigs-quotemarksוַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו1After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until near the end of [10:6](../10/06.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
814EXO103u3mqfigs-quotationsוַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֔ים1It may be helpful to turn the introductory quotation into an indirect quotation so that you do not have to use quotes within quotes. Alternate translation: “and told him that Yahweh, the God of the Hebrews, said thus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
815EXO103vze4כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙1This quotation formula is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
816EXO103cicffigs-metonymyעַד־מָתַ֣י מֵאַ֔נְתָּ לֵ⁠עָנֹ֖ת מִ⁠פָּנָ֑⁠י1Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Particularly, it means the presence of his judgment (the plagues). Alternate translation: “Until when will you refuse to be humble when I judge you” or “Until when will you refuse to be humble before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
817EXO104ge67הִנְ⁠נִ֨י1listenHere, **behold me** adds emphasis to what is said next. Alternate translation: “beware”
818EXO104uwtpgrammar-collectivenounsאַרְבֶּ֖ה1Here, **locust** is a singular noun referring to the group as one. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
819EXO105zu5rfigs-parallelismוְ⁠כִסָּה֙ אֶת־עֵ֣ין הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ וְ⁠לֹ֥א יוּכַ֖ל לִ⁠רְאֹ֣ת אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ1hailThese parallel statements have a similar meaning. They are used to emphasize the great number of locusts that are coming. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
820EXO105rdavוְ⁠כִסָּה֙ אֶת־עֵ֣ין הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ1Alternate translation: “And it will cover the land from sight”
821EXO105oj3igrammar-collectivenounsוְ⁠כִסָּה֙…וְ⁠אָכַ֣ל…וְ⁠אָכַל֙1Here the pronoun **it** agrees in number with the collective singular “locust” in the previous verse. Insects are often referred to without gender in English, but you will need to use whatever number, gender, or noun class is required in your language to agree with the word for “locust” that you used in the [previous verse](../10/04.md). See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
822EXO106ir5lfigs-hyperboleמִ⁠יּ֗וֹם הֱיוֹתָ⁠ם֙ עַל־הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה1nothing ever seenHere, **on the earth** could either mean “on the planet” or “on the land” (Egypt). Either way, the entire phrase is meant to emphasize an extremely long time, with the intended meaning being “never.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
823EXO106ma0ofigs-explicitוַ⁠יִּ֥פֶן1[Verse 3](../10/03.md) says that Aaron came in to see the king with Moses. It is implied that he left with him as well. You may make this explicit if it would help your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
824EXO107xn8jfigs-rquestionעַד־מָתַי֙ יִהְיֶ֨ה זֶ֥ה לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ לְ⁠מוֹקֵ֔שׁ1How long will this man be a menace to us?Pharaohs servants ask this question to show Pharaoh that he is stubbornly causing the destruction of Egypt. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We must not let this man continue to cause trouble for us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
825EXO107jqbhfigs-gendernotationsהָ֣⁠אֲנָשִׁ֔ים1Here, **men** may be literal or it may refer to the Israelites, including the women and children. In [verse 10](../10/10.md) the king rejects the idea of letting the women and children go, and in [verse 11](../10/11.md) he specifically says that the men can go. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
826EXO107xdm5figs-rquestionהֲ⁠טֶ֣רֶם תֵּדַ֔ע כִּ֥י אָבְדָ֖ה מִצְרָֽיִם1Do you not yet realize that Egypt is destroyed?Pharaohs servants ask this question to bring Pharaoh to recognize what he refuses to see. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should realize that Egypt is destroyed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
827EXO107c6prfigs-activepassiveכִּ֥י אָבְדָ֖ה מִצְרָֽיִם1that Egypt is destroyedIf your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that these plagues have destroyed Egypt” or “that their God has destroyed Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
828EXO108bu1xfigs-activepassiveוַ⁠יּוּשַׁ֞ב אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֤ה וְ⁠אֶֽת־אַהֲרֹן֙ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֔ה1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And a servant brought Moses and Aaron back to Pharaoh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
829EXO108fzsvמִ֥י וָ⁠מִ֖י1Alternate translation: “Who all”
830EXO109fnnlfigs-exclusiveנֵלֵ֑ךְ…נֵלֵ֔ךְ1**We** means the Israelites and does not include Pharaoh or the Egyptians. Use an exclusive form here if your language has this distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
831EXO1010hjc9יְהִ֨י כֵ֤ן יְהוָה֙ עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר אֲשַׁלַּ֥ח אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠אֶֽת־טַפְּ⁠כֶ֑ם1if I ever let you go and your little ones go**May Yahweh be with you** is usually a blessing but is almost certainly not a blessing here. It likely means something like “It will take Yahwehs power to make me let you and your children go,” or “May Yahweh be as favorable to you as I am to the idea of letting your children go.” Pharaoh is saying that it will take Yahweh to make him do what Moses wants, but he does not think that will happen. Alternate translation: “It will be clear that Yahweh is with you if I let you and your children go”
832EXO1010w8x4figs-metonymyרְא֕וּ כִּ֥י רָעָ֖ה נֶ֥גֶד פְּנֵי⁠כֶֽם1The phrase **for evil is before your faces** could either be a warning from Pharaoh that Moses actions will lead to evil for the Israelites, or it could mean that Pharaoh thinks the Israelites plan something that he considers evil. **Faces** is a metonym for the whole person. Alternate translations: “I see that you plan evil” or “Be careful! Your actions will have bad consequences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
833EXO1011pkm4הַ⁠גְּבָרִים֙1Then Moses and Aaron were driven out from Pharaohs presenceThis interjection clarifies who may go. Alternate translation: “the leaders”
834EXO1011vdjkfigs-metonymyמֵ⁠אֵ֖ת פְּנֵ֥י פַרְעֹֽה1Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Pharaoh. Alternate translation: “from his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
835EXO1012kchnwriting-neweventוַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה1There is a minor scene change here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
836EXO1012gjfxיָדְ⁠ךָ֜1See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
837EXO1012qikqgrammar-collectivenounsבָּֽ⁠אַרְבֶּ֔ה1**Locust** is a collective singular noun referring to the group as one. See how you translated this in [10:4](../10/04.md). Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
838EXO1012gzwagrammar-collectivenounsוְ⁠יַ֖עַל…וְ⁠יֹאכַל֙1Here, the pronoun **it** agrees in number with the collective singular “locust.” See how you translated this in [10:5](../10/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
839EXO1013xqszמַטֵּ⁠הוּ֮1See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
840EXO1013vee8ר֥וּחַ קָדִים֙1The wind blew from east to west.
841EXO1013syz2grammar-collectivenounsהָ⁠אַרְבֶּֽה1See how you translated this in [10:4](../10/04.md). Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
842EXO1014kuuugrammar-collectivenounsהָֽ⁠אַרְבֶּ֗ה…אַרְבֶּה֙1See how you translated this in [10:4](../10/04.md). Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
843EXO1015b3h5grammar-collectivenounsוַ⁠יְכַ֞ס…וַ⁠יֹּ֜אכַל1so that it was darkenedHere the pronoun **it** agrees in number with the collective singular “locust.” See how you translated this in [10:5](../10/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
844EXO1015xszcוַ⁠יְכַ֞ס אֶת־עֵ֣ין כָּל־הָ⁠אָרֶץ֮1See how you translated this in [10:5](../10/05.md).
845EXO1015ill1figs-parallelismוַ⁠יֹּ֜אכַל אֶת־כָּל־עֵ֣שֶׂב הָ⁠אָ֗רֶץ וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־פְּרִ֣י הָ⁠עֵ֔ץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הוֹתִ֖יר הַ⁠בָּרָ֑ד וְ⁠לֹא־נוֹתַ֨ר כָּל־יֶ֧רֶק בָּ⁠עֵ֛ץ וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵ֥שֶׂב הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֖ה בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם1These parallel statements reinforce one another. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
846EXO1016ty9ffigs-youdualאֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠לָ⁠כֶֽם1Here, **you** and **your** are plural. These could refer either to Moses and Aaron or to all the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
847EXO1017tsveשָׂ֣א1Alternate translation: “take away”
848EXO1017ttogאַ֣ךְ הַ⁠פַּ֔עַם…רַ֖ק1Pharaoh could either be desperate and using **just this once … only** to attempt to make his request as small as possible to increase the chances of it being granted, or he could be still too proud to admit guilt beyond this single incident (which is probably his bold statement about Yahweh being with the Israelites in [10:10](../10/10.md)). The former seems more likely given that he terms this plague “this death.” If your culture has a way of making a request seem as small as possible, you may want to use it to translate Pharaohs request.
849EXO1017kd6dfigs-youdualאֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֑ם1this timeHere, **your** is plural. This could refer either to Moses and Aaron or to all the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
850EXO1017doegfigs-metonymyהַ⁠מָּ֥וֶת הַ⁠זֶּֽה1The word **death** here refers to the destruction by the locusts of all plants in Egypt, which would eventually lead to the deaths of people, because there would be no crops. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
851EXO1017nn2bfigs-explicitהַ⁠מָּ֥וֶת הַ⁠זֶּֽה1take this death away from meThe word **death** here refers to the destruction by the locusts of all plants in Egypt, which would eventually lead to the deaths of people because there would be no crops. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “this destruction that will lead to our deaths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
852EXO1018p9hzוַ⁠יֵּצֵ֖א1Moses and Aaron were summoned to the king in [10:16](../10/16.md), so some translations will need to say that they both left.
853EXO1019xhsvרֽוּחַ־יָם֙ חָזָ֣ק מְאֹ֔ד1Alternate translation: “a very strong west wind” or “a very strong wind from the west”
854EXO1019mdp5וַ⁠יִּשָּׂא֙ אֶת־הָ֣⁠אַרְבֶּ֔ה1picked up the locustsAlternate translation: “and it moved the locust upward”
855EXO1019zhcugrammar-collectivenounsהָ֣⁠אַרְבֶּ֔ה…אַרְבֶּ֣ה1See how you translated this in [10:4](../10/04.md). Alternate translation: “the locusts … of the locusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
856EXO1019q8ajgrammar-collectivenounsוַ⁠יִּתְקָעֵ֖⁠הוּ1Here, the first **it** refers to the wind; the second **it** agrees in number with the collective singular “locust.” See how you translated this in [10:5](../10/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
857EXO1020dw1dfigs-metaphorוַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֥ק יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה1Yahweh hardened Pharaohs heartThis means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
858EXO1021x6xkwriting-neweventוַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה1A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the start of the third plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
859EXO1021utyzיָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙1See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
860EXO1021m38sfigs-metaphorמִצְרָ֑יִם וְ⁠יָמֵ֖שׁ חֹֽשֶׁךְ1darkness that may be feltThis is a somewhat puzzling construction which describes the darkness. Most English translations take it as a passive, which restated actively means, “people will feel the darkness,” meaning metaphorically what is expressed in different ways in the UST and the alternate translation here. Another option is to view the Hebrew verb form as causative and translate as such: “and the darkness will cause people to feel,” meaning people will have to feel where they are going because they will not be able to see. A final option would be a personification of darkness such that the darkness gropes around, filling in every place in the land. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Egypt, an extremely oppressive darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
861EXO1022z4geיָד֖⁠וֹ1See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
862EXO1022vbzjtranslate-numbersשְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת1Alternate translation: “for 3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
863EXO1023jmd8figs-metonymyלֹֽא־רָא֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶת־אָחִ֗י⁠ו1This phrase means that people could not see the people who lived closest to them, whether or not that person was literally their **brother**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “No one could see the people who lived with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
864EXO1023o572figs-gendernotationsאִ֣ישׁ…אִ֥ישׁ1Here, **man** refers to any human in general. Alternate translation: “person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
865EXO1023qstutranslate-numbersשְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת1Alternate translation: “for 3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
866EXO1024vp7bfigs-youdualלְכוּ֙ עִבְד֣וּ…צֹאנְ⁠כֶ֥ם וּ⁠בְקַרְ⁠כֶ֖ם…טַפְּ⁠כֶ֖ם…עִמָּ⁠כֶֽם1Every instance of **you** and **your**, as well as the imperative verb forms in this verse, are plural. They refer to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
867EXO1025rsr4figs-metonymyגַּם־אַתָּ֛ה תִּתֵּ֥ן בְּ⁠יָדֵ֖⁠נוּ זְבָחִ֣ים וְ⁠עֹל֑וֹת1The construction here is difficult. Based on context, Moses is probably not saying that Pharaoh needs to provide his own animals to the Israelites. He is asking Pharaoh to let the Israelites take their own animals with them. **Give in our hands** means to take with them, by whatever means, which may include holding a rope in the hand to lead the animals or any other means of herding the animals. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
868EXO1025cj78figs-metonymyזְבָחִ֣ים וְ⁠עֹל֑וֹת1Here, **sacrifices and burnt offerings** refers to the animals of their flocks and herds that they must take. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “animals for sacrifices and burnt offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
869EXO1025bjy0וְ⁠עָשִׂ֖ינוּ לַ⁠יהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ1Here, **do** means “do the sacrifices and burnt offerings.” Alternate translation: “and we will make those sacrifices and burnt offerings to Yahweh our God”
870EXO1025ixo7figs-exclusiveבְּ⁠יָדֵ֖⁠נוּ…וְ⁠עָשִׂ֖ינוּ…אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ1Here, **we** and **us** refers to the Israelites (same group as the speakers) while excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians (listeners group). If your language distinguishes between forms of we and us based on who is included, be sure to use the one appropriate to the described group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
871EXO1026k0pifigs-exclusiveמִקְנֵ֜⁠נוּ…עִמָּ֗⁠נוּ…נִקַּ֔ח…אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ וַ⁠אֲנַ֣חְנוּ…נֵדַ֗ע…נַּעֲבֹד֙…בֹּאֵ֖⁠נוּ1Here, **we, our,** and **us** each refers to the Israelites (same group as the speakers) while excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians (listeners group). If your language distinguishes between forms of we, our, and us based on who is included, be sure to use the one appropriate to the described group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
872EXO1026ys4vfigs-activepassiveלֹ֤א תִשָּׁאֵר֙ פַּרְסָ֔ה1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We cannot leave behind a single animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
873EXO1026v9ucfigs-synecdocheפַּרְסָ֔ה1a hoofHere the word **hoof** refers to the entire animal. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a single animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
874EXO1026uiomשָֽׁמָּ⁠ה1The destination is unspecified. Previous context suggests it would be at the mountain of God (see [3:1](../03/01.md), especially [3:12](../03/12.md), and [4:27](../04/27.md)), which would take three days of travel to reach (see [3:18](../03/18.md) and [5:3](../05/03.md)).
875EXO1027n588figs-metaphorוַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֥ק יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה1Yahweh hardened Pharaohs heartThis means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
876EXO1027mv8tוְ⁠לֹ֥א אָבָ֖ה לְ⁠שַׁלְּחָֽ⁠ם1he would not let them goAlternate translation: “and Pharaoh would not consent to let them go”
877EXO1028di6gfigs-rpronounsהִשָּׁ֣מֶר לְ⁠ךָ֗1Here, the listener, Moses, is both the subject and object of the sentence. He is the person told to look (subject) and he himself is what he is told to look at (object). Different languages have different methods of marking this. Alternate translation: “You watch yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
878EXO1028eza9figs-idiomהִשָּׁ֣מֶר לְ⁠ךָ֗1This is an idiom. Pharaoh is not telling Moses literally to keep looking at himself. Alternate translation: “Be careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
879EXO1028lcz2figs-explicitתָּמֽוּת1Be careful about one thingPharaoh means he will have Moses killed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
880EXO1028te45figs-synecdocheפָּנַ֔⁠י…פָנַ֖⁠י1you see my faceHere, **face** refers to the whole person. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
881EXO1029h1jffigs-idiomכֵּ֣ן דִּבַּ֑רְתָּ1You yourself have spokenWith these words, Moses emphasizes that Pharaoh has spoken the truth. Alternate translation: “What you have said is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
882EXO1029rg18figs-synecdocheפָּנֶֽי⁠ךָ1Here, **face** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
883EXO11intropu3u0# Exodus 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting\r<br><br>Chapter 11 is a transition point in the book. The previous nine plagues (in their three sequences of three) have come to an end and the last plague, the death of the firstborn, is about to occur, along with the Passover and the Exodus itself. It is difficult to know if the events in chapter 11 all are recorded in the order in which they happened. For translation, you should follow the order of the text if it will not confuse your readers.<br><br>It may be helpful to think that after the end of chapter 10, Yahweh spoke to Moses immediately, before he actually left Pharaohs presence (v. [1](../11/01.md)-[2](../11/02.md)). [Verse 3](../11/03.md) is a comment suggesting that the Egyptians will be willing to do as the Israelites are told to ask them to do in [v. 2](../11/02.md). In verses [4](../11/04.md)-[7](../11/07.md) Moses gives Pharaoh and his officials a message from Yahweh that Yahweh is giving to Moses right at that moment. At the end of [v. 8](../11/08.md) Moses leaves Pharaohs presence (completing the interaction from the [end of ch. 10](../10/28.md)). [Verse 9](../11/09.md) may either be Yahweh telling Moses what is going to happen, or it could be part of the summary that occurs in [v. 10](../11/10.md). Verse 10 summarizes what has happened in chs. 5-10 (especially the plagues in chs. 7-10) in preparation for the great last plague.
884EXO111hromfigs-quotemarksאֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה1After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [11:2](../11/02.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
885EXO111eqebgrammar-connect-time-sequentialכְּ⁠שַׁ֨לְּח֔⁠וֹ…יְגָרֵ֥שׁ1These verbs (**lets go** and **drive away**) are meant to immediately follow one another. When you translate, make sure they are almost simultaneous in time; the letting go happens and then immediately the driving away happens. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
886EXO111iocdכָּלָ֕ה גָּרֵ֛שׁ יְגָרֵ֥שׁ1The wording here is very forceful. Use strong words, forms, or phrasing when you are translating.
887EXO111i87hfigs-youdualאֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם…אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם1he will let you go from hereEach occurrence of the word **you** in this verse is plural and refers to Moses and the rest of the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
888EXO112t14cנָ֖א1Here, **now** conveys urgency, indicating that Moses should speak soon, without delaying for other things. If you have a way of giving a command that shows that it is important for someone to do it quickly, it would be better to translate in that way than in a way that means “now” in a time sense (versus earlier or later).
889EXO112nlskבְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֣י הָ⁠עָ֑ם1Alternate translation: “so the people hear you” or “when all the people are listening”
890EXO112jl6wכְּלֵי־כֶ֖סֶף וּ⁠כְלֵ֥י זָהָֽב1These could be any sort of thing made from silver or gold (for instance: utensils, cups, pitchers, plates, candleholders), not just jewelry.
891EXO112ddejוְ⁠יִשְׁאֲל֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ׀ מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת רֵעֵ֗⁠הוּ וְ⁠אִשָּׁה֙ מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת רְעוּתָ֔⁠הּ כְּלֵי־כֶ֖סֶף וּ⁠כְלֵ֥י זָהָֽב1[Exodus 3:22](../03/22.md) contains similar instructions; see how you translated there.
892EXO113x83sfigs-asideוַ⁠יִּתֵּ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־חֵ֥ן הָ⁠עָ֖ם בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם גַּ֣ם׀ הָ⁠אִ֣ישׁ מֹשֶׁ֗ה גָּד֤וֹל מְאֹד֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י עַבְדֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הָ⁠עָֽם1In this verse the author interjects a comment about the situation. Some translations choose to put the verse in parenthesis to indicate this. You may mark it in a way that is natural to your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
893EXO113hng9figs-idiomחֵ֥ן הָ⁠עָ֖ם בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם1Here, **in the eyes of the Egyptians** is an idiom for the Egyptians feelings or opinion. **Favor** means those feelings are positive. Taken together, this means that when the Egyptians see the Israelites leaving Egypt, they will gladly help them. (Because the Egyptians have suffered under Gods judgment, the Egyptians want so badly to see them leave). If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. See how you translated this in [3:21](../03/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
894EXO113orq6figs-idiomבְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י עַבְדֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הָ⁠עָֽם1Here, **in the eyes of the servants of Pharaoh and in the eyes of the people** is an idiom for their feelings or opinions. If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. See how you translated a similar idiom in [3:21](../03/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
895EXO113s5zyוַ⁠יִּתֵּ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־חֵ֥ן הָ⁠עָ֖ם בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם1[Exodus 3:21](../03/21.md) contains a related phrase; see how you translated it there.
896EXO114kpb5כֹּ֖ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה1midnightThis quotation formula is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
897EXO115hv8kבְּכוֹר֮…מִ⁠בְּכ֤וֹר…בְּכ֣וֹר…בְּכ֥וֹר1All the firstborn … the firstborn of Pharaoh … the firstborn of the slave girl … the firstborn of the cattleThe “firstborn” always refers to the oldest male offspring.
898EXO115k42hfigs-merismמִ⁠בְּכ֤וֹר פַּרְעֹה֙ הַ⁠יֹּשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ עַ֚ד בְּכ֣וֹר הַ⁠שִּׁפְחָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר אַחַ֣ר הָ⁠רֵחָ֑יִם וְ⁠כֹ֖ל בְּכ֥וֹר בְּהֵמָֽה1who sits on his throneThis is a merism. First, two extremes are mentioned: the highest of society (**Pharaoh, who sits on his throne**) and the lowest (**the slave girl who is behind the mill**). Then the animals (**beasts**) are added making it a three-item list of parts of society and even the economy to show the totality of the coming judgment. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
899EXO115hr1xאֲשֶׁ֖ר אַחַ֣ר הָ⁠רֵחָ֑יִם1who is behind the handmill grinding itAlternate translation: “who is grinding at the handmill” or “who is behind the handmill grinding grain”
900EXO116hui7figs-merismאֲשֶׁ֤ר כָּמֹ֨⁠הוּ֙ לֹ֣א נִהְיָ֔תָה וְ⁠כָמֹ֖⁠הוּ לֹ֥א תֹסִֽף1This phrase uses the extremes of past and future to emphasize the concept of “never.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “such as has never been and never will be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
901EXO117b60afigs-idiomלֹ֤א יֶֽחֱרַץ…לְשֹׁנ֔⁠וֹ1This means to make an unfriendly noise. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “will not growl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
902EXO117t61ifigs-youdualתֵּֽדְע֔וּ⁠ן1Here, **you** is plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
903EXO117fl78אֲשֶׁר֙ יַפְלֶ֣ה יְהוָ֔ה בֵּ֥ין מִצְרַ֖יִם וּ⁠בֵ֥ין יִשְׂרָאֵֽל1See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 9:4](../09/04.md).
904EXO118hofttranslate-symactionוְ⁠הִשְׁתַּֽחֲוּוּ־לִ֣⁠י1This does not mean to bow for worshiping. **They will bow to** Moses to beg him to leave. They will do this to show how desperate they will be for Moses and the Israelites to go. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
905EXO118l678figs-explicitוְ⁠הִשְׁתַּֽחֲוּוּ־לִ֣⁠י1**They will bow to** Moses to beg him to leave. They will do this to show how desperate they will be for Moses and the Israelites to go. If this action would not mean the same thing in your culture, you may need to make the reason they are bowing explicit. Alternate translation: “and they will bow down to me to beg” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
906EXO118njx8figs-metaphorוְ⁠כָל־הָ⁠עָ֣ם אֲשֶׁר־בְּ⁠רַגְלֶ֔י⁠ךָ1Here, the people are figuratively pictured as below Moses, which means they are his followers. The reference to **feet** also can mean they go the same place he goes, again, meaning “follower.” If your language uses a similar image to mean follower, you can translate the image; if not, you may use another image from your culture or translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “and all the people who are following you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
907EXO118ria5figs-explicitוְ⁠אַחֲרֵי־כֵ֖ן אֵצֵ֑א1After that I will go outThis means that Moses and the Israelites will leave Egypt. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “After that I will leave here” or “After that I will go out from Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
908EXO118milufigs-idiomבָּ⁠חֳרִי־אָֽף1This is an idiom meaning that Moses is angry. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “enraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
909EXO1110h5g7writing-endofstoryוּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֗ן עָשׂ֛וּ אֶת־כָּל־הַ⁠מֹּפְתִ֥ים הָ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה וְ⁠לֹֽא־שִׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ1This verse is summarizing and wrapping up the story of the plagues. If your language has a way of summarizing information at the end of a story, try to translate this verse (and possibly verse 9 - see the introductory notes to this chapter) in this way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
910EXO1110um4ufigs-metaphorוַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה1Yahweh hardened Pharaohs heartThis means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
911EXO12introfd2f0# Exodus 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>The events of this chapter are known as the Passover. They are remembered in the celebration of Passover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br>1. Instruction v. 1-28<br> * v. 1-20: Yahweh gives instructions<br> * v. 1-11: how to eat this Passover<br> * v. 12-13: description of the plague<br> * v. 14-20: directions for future celebration of Passover<br> * v. 21-28: Moses repeats Yahwehs instructions to Israelites<br>2. Narrative v. 29-42: Passover and Exodus<br>3. Instruction v. 43-49: which foreigners may eat Passover<br>4. Summary Narrative v. 50-51<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Unleavened bread<br><br>The concept of unleavened bread is introduced in this chapter. Its significance stems from its connection to the events in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/unleavenedbread]])<br><br>### Ethnic segregation<br><br>The Hebrew people were to be separate from the rest of the world. Because of this, they separated themselves from other people groups. At this time, these foreigners were looked upon as unholy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>## Potential Translation Issues:<br><br>### Passover<br><br>### Pronoun usage<br><br>In the long quotation (verses 3-20) that Yahweh tells Moses and Aaron to convey to the Israelites, he speaks of them in the third person (“they must”) in [verses 3](../12/03.md)4 and [verses 7](../12/07.md)8 and to them in the second person (“you must”) for all the rest of the instruction. Some languages may need to keep the pronoun person consistent throughout the quotation.<br><br>### You plural<br><br>In this chapter, almost every occurrence of “you” or “your” is plural. Each one refers to all the Israelites. Those that are not will be marked. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form throughout unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
912EXO122z785figs-quotemarksהַ⁠חֹ֧דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם רֹ֣אשׁ חֳדָשִׁ֑ים1For you, this month will be the start of months, the first month of the year to youThe start of this verse is the beginning of a direct quote which continues until the end of [verse 20](../12/20.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
913EXO122gtgbfigs-parallelismהַ⁠חֹ֧דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם רֹ֣אשׁ חֳדָשִׁ֑ים רִאשׁ֥וֹן הוּא֙ לָ⁠כֶ֔ם לְ⁠חָדְשֵׁ֖י הַ⁠שָּׁנָֽה1These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the month in which the events of this chapter take place will be the beginning of their calendar year. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
914EXO122uy4wtranslate-hebrewmonthsרִאשׁ֥וֹן הוּא֙ לָ⁠כֶ֔ם לְ⁠חָדְשֵׁ֖י הַ⁠שָּׁנָֽה1the first month of the yearThe first month of the Hebrew calendar includes the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. It marks when Yahweh rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians. You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to give the number of the day and the name of the month on the Hebrew calendar, and say approximately what time of year that is on your calendar in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
915EXO123lv6sfigs-youdualדַּבְּר֗וּ1The command here is to both Moses and Aaron. If your language uses a different form if two are people addressed, use a dual form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
916EXO123jjw0וְ⁠יִקְח֣וּ לָ⁠הֶ֗ם אִ֛ישׁ שֶׂ֥ה לְ⁠בֵית־אָבֹ֖ת שֶׂ֥ה לַ⁠בָּֽיִת1This seems to be indicating that if multiple families live in one house, the man who is the leader of the family group that lives there should take one lamb for that whole household. Alternate translation: “the father of each household must take a lamb for his household, one per household”
917EXO123d1f5שֶׂ֥ה לַ⁠בָּֽיִת1Alternate translation: “one lamb per house”
918EXO123qzctשֶׂ֥ה…שֶׂ֥ה1The word **lamb** literally means “of the flock,” and it could also be translated as a sheep or a goat. Here, the ULT uses **lamb** (a young sheep), because [verse 5](../12/05.md) specifies that it must be one year old. “Kid” (a young goat) would be equally valid as verse 5 also says that it could be either a sheep or a goat. You may translate it as either sheep or goat, whichever would be most familiar.
919EXO124xzn3figs-explicitוְ⁠אִם־יִמְעַ֣ט הַ⁠בַּיִת֮ מִ⁠הְיֹ֣ת מִ⁠שֶּׂה֒1If the household is too small for a lambThis means that there are not enough people in the family to eat an entire lamb. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If there are not enough people in the household to eat an entire lamb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
920EXO124o258וּ⁠שְׁכֵנ֛⁠וֹ הַ⁠קָּרֹ֥ב אֶל־בֵּית֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠מִכְסַ֣ת נְפָשֹׁ֑ת1The phrase **by the number of people** helps to clarify which sort of **neighbor near to his house** the Israelite should choose. They should count their own household and another household and try to have a group that is the right number to eat an entire lamb. Alternate translation: “and his neighbor who lives near him and whose family is the right size to share a lamb with”
921EXO124fu2gfigs-gendernotationsאִ֚ישׁ1the man and his next door neighborHere **man** refers to each person, whether man, woman, or child. Alternate translation: “each family member” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
922EXO126lz76בֵּ֥ין הָ⁠עַרְבָּֽיִם1twilightThis refers to the time of evening after the sun has set but while there is still some light.
923EXO127cjt7עַל־שְׁתֵּ֥י הַ⁠מְּזוּזֹ֖ת וְ⁠עַל־הַ⁠מַּשְׁק֑וֹף עַ֚ל הַ⁠בָּ֣תִּ֔ים1on the two side doorposts and on the tops of the doorframes of the housesAlternate translation: “on the sides and top of the way into the house” or “on the top and sides of the frame around the door into the house”
924EXO128uxn6מְרֹרִ֖ים1bitter herbsThese are edible but strong-tasting leaves, seeds, and other parts of plants.
925EXO129ny3aאַל־תֹּאכְל֤וּ מִמֶּ֨⁠נּוּ֙ נָ֔א1Do not eat it rawAlternate translation: “Do not eat the lamb or goat uncooked”
926EXO1211ks7dחֲגֻרִ֔ים1beltHere, **belts** are strips of leather or fabric for tying around the waist.
927EXO1211nzw2וַ⁠אֲכַלְתֶּ֤ם אֹת⁠וֹ֙ בְּ⁠חִפָּז֔וֹן1eat it hurriedlyAlternate translation: “And you must eat it quickly”
928EXO1211r789figs-explicitפֶּ֥סַח ה֖וּא לַ⁠יהוָֽה1It is Yahwehs Passover**It** refers to eating the animal on the tenth day of the month. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “This observance is Yahwehs Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
929EXO1212sa5nfigs-abstractnounsוּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־אֱלֹהֵ֥י מִצְרַ֛יִם אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֥ה שְׁפָטִ֖ים1I will bring punishment on all the gods of EgyptIf your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
930EXO1213tywzfigs-abstractnounsלְ⁠מַשְׁחִ֔ית1If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
931EXO1213bnoefigs-activepassiveוְ⁠לֹֽא־יִֽהְיֶ֨ה בָ⁠כֶ֥ם נֶ֨גֶף֙1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and I will not put the plague on you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
932EXO1213ox3lfigs-metonymyבְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם1Yahweh is going to strike the people and animals who live in **the land of Egypt**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “on everything living in the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
933EXO1214fa9qוְ⁠הָיָה֩ הַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֤ה1Verses 14-[20](../12/20.md) are instructions for the Israelites future celebration of the Passover. If your language makes a distinction between near and far future events or between near and general commands, you may need to make clear that these verses primarily have a later application.
934EXO1214usnstranslate-hebrewmonthsהַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֤ה1Here, **this day** means the tenth day of the first month of every year. On this day every year, they must celebrate the Passover. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
935EXO1215xsb9אַ֚ךְ1Alternate translation: “Surely” or “Indeed”
936EXO1215i9n3figs-metaphorוְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִוא֙ מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל1that person must be cut off from IsraelThe metaphor **cut off** could mean: (1) the person must leave. Alternate translation: “he must be sent away” (2) the person is no longer an Israelite. Alternate translation: “he will no longer be considered to be one of the people of Israel” (3) the person must die. Alternate translation: “he must be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
937EXO1215enw3figs-activepassiveוְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִוא֙ מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל1As noted in the previous note, the metaphor **cut off** has at least three possible meanings. By whom that person will be cut off is not specified; it could be the Israelites or Yahweh. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The following alternate translations express those: (1) “the people of Israel must send him away” or (2) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
938EXO1215eqzugrammar-collectivenounsמִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל1**Israel** is a collective noun referring to the nation or people group. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “from the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
939EXO1216bzj6figs-activepassiveוּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֤וֹם הָ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙ מִקְרָא־קֹ֔דֶשׁ וּ⁠בַ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י מִקְרָא־קֹ֖דֶשׁ יִהְיֶ֣ה לָ⁠כֶ֑ם1an assembly that is set apart to meIf your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And on the first day and on the seventh day, you shall have an assembly of holiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
940EXO1216cb1rfigs-abstractnounsמִקְרָא־קֹ֔דֶשׁ…מִקְרָא־קֹ֖דֶשׁ1an assembly that is set apart to meIf your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **holiness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a holy assembly … a holy assembly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
941EXO1216o3ohtranslate-ordinalוּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֤וֹם הָ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙…וּ⁠בַ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י1If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “And on day one of the month … and on day seven of the month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
942EXO1216l7pjfigs-activepassiveכָּל־מְלָאכָה֙ לֹא־יֵעָשֶׂ֣ה בָ⁠הֶ֔ם1No work will be done on these daysIf your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will do no work on these days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
943EXO1216qr65figs-activepassiveה֥וּא לְ⁠בַדּ֖⁠וֹ יֵעָשֶׂ֥ה לָ⁠כֶֽם1That must be the only work that may be done by youIf your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which must be the only work that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
944EXO1217r3qjtranslate-unknownצִבְאוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם1armed group by armed groupThe term **hosts** refers to a large group of people, often organized into groups for war. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “your groups” or “your divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
945EXO1218v7g9translate-ordinalבָּ⁠רִאשֹׁ֡ן בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֤וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙…עַ֠ד י֣וֹם הָ⁠אֶחָ֧ד וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֛ים לַ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ1If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “In month one, on day fourteen … until day twenty-one of the month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
946EXO1218l57qtranslate-ordinalבָּ⁠רִאשֹׁ֡ן בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֤וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙…עַ֠ד י֣וֹם הָ⁠אֶחָ֧ד וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֛ים לַ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ1If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
947EXO1218m475translate-hebrewmonthsבָּ⁠רִאשֹׁ֡ן בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֤וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙1the fourteenth day in the first monthThis is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. The fourteenth day is near the beginning of April on Western calendars. You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to give the number of the day and the name of the month on the Hebrew calendar, and say approximately what time of year that is on your calendar in a footnote.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
948EXO1218uss3translate-hebrewmonthsי֣וֹם הָ⁠אֶחָ֧ד וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֛ים לַ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ1the twenty-first day of the monthThis is near the middle of April on Western calendars. You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to give the number of the day and the name of the month on the Hebrew calendar, and say approximately what time of year that is on your calendar in a footnote.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
949EXO1219aej1figs-activepassiveשְׂאֹ֕ר לֹ֥א יִמָּצֵ֖א בְּ⁠בָתֵּי⁠כֶ֑ם1no yeast must be found in your housesThis means there should not be any yeast in their houses. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Note that the UST more accurately conveys the meaning here, as the alternate translation in this note could be understood to mean that you must simply hide the yeast very well. Alternate translation: “Yahweh must not find any yeast in your houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
950EXO1219vy72figs-metaphorוְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִוא֙ מֵ⁠עֲדַ֣ת יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל1must be cut off from the community of IsraelSee how you translated **cut off** in [Exodus 12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
951EXO1219cwvsfigs-metaphorוְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִוא֙ מֵ⁠עֲדַ֣ת יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל1See how you translated **cut off** in [Exodus 12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
952EXO1221y9qtwriting-newevent0summonedA new scene begins at this verse, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
953EXO1222qwv1translate-unknownאֲגֻדַּ֣ת אֵז֗וֹב1hyssop**Hyssop** is a woody plant with small leaves that can be used for sprinkling liquids by dipping the leaves in the liquid and then shaking them or brushing them over the target. If this plant is unknown, you can use a descriptor phrase. Alternate translation: “part of a plant with small branches and many leaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
954EXO1222c1cfאֶל־הַ⁠מַּשְׁקוֹף֙ וְ⁠אֶל־שְׁתֵּ֣י הַ⁠מְּזוּזֹ֔ת1the top of the doorframe and the two doorpostsAlternate translation: “on the sides and top of the way into the house.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:7](../12/07.md).
955EXO1222vdljfigs-gendernotationsלֹ֥א…אִ֥ישׁ1Here, **man** includes women and children. Alternate translation: “no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
956EXO1223uu61figs-synecdocheוּ⁠פָסַ֤ח יְהוָה֙ עַל־הַ⁠פֶּ֔תַח1pass over your doorHere the word **door** implies the entire house. This means that God will spare the Israelites in houses with blood on the door frames. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will pass over the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
957EXO1223onpuעַל־הַ⁠מַּשְׁק֔וֹף וְ⁠עַ֖ל שְׁתֵּ֣י הַ⁠מְּזוּזֹ֑ת1Alternate translation: “on the sides and top of the way into the house” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:7](../12/07.md).
958EXO1224v7z5הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה1this eventThese words refer to the Passover or Festival of Unleavened Bread. Observing the Passover was an act of worshiping Yahweh.
959EXO1224bzm0figs-youcrowdלְ⁠ךָ֥ וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ1Here, **you** and **your** are singular but they refer to the whole nation. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of “you” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
960EXO1224ch73figs-gendernotationsוּ⁠לְ⁠בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ1Here, **sons** includes everyone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
961EXO1225l8lsהָ⁠עֲבֹדָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּֽאת1this act of worshipHere, **this service** refers to the Passover or Festival of Unleavened Bread. Observing the Passover was an act of worshiping Yahweh.
962EXO1226hbh4figs-gendernotationsבְּנֵי⁠כֶ֑ם1Here, **your sons** refers to all children, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
963EXO1226odj0figs-quotesinquotesאֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם…מָ֛ה הָ⁠עֲבֹדָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את לָ⁠כֶֽם1After **you**, a second-level quotation begins. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “to you what this ritual means to you,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
964EXO1227t779figs-explicitוְ⁠אֶת־בָּתֵּ֣י⁠נוּ הִצִּ֑יל1He set our households freeThis means that Yahweh spared the Israelites firstborn sons. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “He did not kill the firstborn sons in our houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
965EXO1228r5cjכַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֥ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֖ן כֵּ֥ן עָשֽׂוּ1as Yahweh had commanded Moses and AaronAlternate translation: “everything that Yahweh told Moses and Aaron to do”
966EXO1229rvg90The next few verses are the climax of this part of Exodus. A number of literary features mark it out. First, it is specially introduced with **and so it happened,** which is used to mark major breaks in the narrative. Second, it uses repetition: **firstborn** is repeated four times in verse 29 so that the reader cannot possibly miss what is happening. **Night** is repeated in verse 29, 30, and 31. **Got up/get up** is repeated in verse 30 and 31. In verses 31 and 32 “also” occurs five times (it is translated as “both” once in the ULT). Third, the places of both **Pharaoh** and **the captive** are elaborated on to slow the pace and create a vivid mental image for the reader. In verse 30 there is the listing of sorts of people who got up; note the use of the double negative for emphasis. Your translation should attempt to use the same or similar literary features of your own language that slow down the pace, create vivid imagery, and emphasize that this is a climax point.
967EXO1229zm1lfigs-merismמִ⁠בְּכֹ֤ר פַּרְעֹה֙ הַ⁠יֹּשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ עַ֚ד בְּכ֣וֹר הַ⁠שְּׁבִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הַ⁠בּ֑וֹר וְ⁠כֹ֖ל בְּכ֥וֹר בְּהֵמָֽה1at midnightThis phrase indicates that there was no person or household excluded from Yahwehs judgment. It both speaks of extreme parts of society and then makes this into a list by including the animals. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the firstborn of Pharaoh who sits on the throne and the firstborn of the captive who was in the house of the pit and the firstborn of everyone in between was struck; even all the firstborn of the beasts were struck” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
968EXO1229uj6uבְּכוֹר֮…מִ⁠בְּכֹ֤ר…בְּכ֣וֹר…בְּכ֥וֹר1all the firstborn in the land of Egypt…all the firstborn of cattleIn these usages, **firstborn** always refers to the oldest male offspring. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 11:5](../11/05.md).
969EXO1229g9z1עַ֚ד בְּכ֣וֹר הַ⁠שְּׁבִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הַ⁠בּ֑וֹר1the firstborn of the person in prisonAlternate translation: “to the firstborn of people in the house of the pit” This refers to prisoners in general and not to a specific person in prison.
970EXO1230gt4wfigs-doublenegativesכִּֽי־אֵ֣ין בַּ֔יִת אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֵֽין־שָׁ֖ם מֵֽת׃1for there was not a house where there was not someone deadIf this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “because someone was dead in every house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
971EXO1231j8k5figs-youdualאַתֶּ֖ם…כְּ⁠דַבֶּרְ⁠כֶֽם1Here, Pharaoh speaking is to both Moses and Aaron. If your language uses a different form if two are people addressed, use a dual form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
972EXO1233j5u4figs-explicitכֻּלָּ֥⁠נוּ מֵתִֽים1We will all dieThe Egyptians were afraid that they would die if the Israelites did not leave Egypt. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “We will all die if you do not leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
973EXO1234diw8figs-activepassiveמִשְׁאֲרֹתָ֛⁠ם צְרֻרֹ֥ת בְּ⁠שִׂמְלֹתָ֖⁠ם עַל־שִׁכְמָֽ⁠ם1Their kneading bowls were already tied up in their clothes and on their shouldersIf your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They tied up their bread-making bowls in their clothes and placed them on their shoulders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
974EXO1236nvmofigs-idiomאֶת־חֵ֥ן הָ⁠עָ֛ם בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י מִצְרַ֖יִם1Here, **in the eyes of the Egyptians** is an idiom for the Egyptians feelings or opinion. **Favor** means that those feelings are positive. Taken together, this means that when the Egyptians saw the Israelites leaving Egypt, they gladly helped them (because they wanted them to leave so badly due to the Egyptians suffering under Gods judgment). If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. See how you translated this in [3:21](../03/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
975EXO1237n1hatranslate-namesמֵ⁠רַעְמְסֵ֖ס1Rameses**Rameses** was a major Egyptian city where grain was stored. See how you translated this in [Exodus 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
976EXO1237u81ltranslate-numbersכְּ⁠שֵׁשׁ־מֵא֨וֹת אֶ֧לֶף1They numbered about 600,000 menAlternate translation: “about six hundred thousand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
977EXO1239pva6figs-activepassiveכִּֽי־גֹרְשׁ֣וּ מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֗יִם1they had been driven out of EgyptIf your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “because the Egyptians had driven them out of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
978EXO1240qsi5translate-numbersשְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים…וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת1430 yearsAlternate translation: “four hundred thirty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
979EXO1241d8yhtranslate-numbersשְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים…וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת1430 yearsAlternate translation: “four hundred thirty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
980EXO1241xlf4translate-unknownצִבְא֥וֹת1Yahwehs armed groupsThe term **hosts** refers to a large group of people, often organized into groups for war. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “your groups” or “your divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
981EXO1242w6mjלַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה שִׁמֻּרִ֛ים לְ⁠כָל־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לְ⁠דֹרֹתָֽ⁠ם1all the Israelites throughout their peoples generationsAlternate translation: “for all the sons of Israel throughout their generations to observe for Yahweh”
982EXO1244n9wnוְ⁠כָל־עֶ֥בֶד אִ֖ישׁ1every Israelites slaveAlternate translation: “But any slave of an Israelite”
983EXO1244qabigrammar-connect-condition-hypotheticalוּ⁠מַלְתָּ֣ה אֹת֔⁠וֹ אָ֖ז1This is a hypothetical situation. You will need to use whatever form your language uses to mark something as potentially true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
984EXO1244jqs8figs-yousingularוּ⁠מַלְתָּ֣ה1Here **you** is singular. It refers to a specific man and his slave. It might make more sense to use the third person here. Alternate translation: “if he circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
985EXO1246j242figs-activepassiveבְּ⁠בַ֤יִת אֶחָד֙ יֵאָכֵ֔ל1The food must be eaten in one houseIf your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must eat it in one house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
986EXO1246iovjfigs-youcrowdלֹא־תוֹצִ֧יא1Here, **you** is singular, however it is used to address a crowd. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of “you” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
987EXO1248j7obgrammar-connect-condition-hypotheticalוְ⁠כִֽי־יָג֨וּר אִתְּ⁠ךָ֜ גֵּ֗ר וְ⁠עָ֣שָׂה פֶסַח֮ לַ⁠יהוָה֒1This is a two-part hypothetical situation. It describes the circumstance and desire of the sojourner; the next portion says what he must do. You will need to use whatever form your language uses to mark something as potentially true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
988EXO1248va2pfigs-youcrowdאִתְּ⁠ךָ֜1Here, **you** is singular, however it is used to address a crowd. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of “you” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
989EXO1248h7k9figs-activepassiveהִמּ֧וֹל ל֣⁠וֹ כָל־זָכָ֗ר1all his male relatives must be circumcisedIf your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone must circumcise all males in his household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
990EXO1248n3fzgrammar-connect-logic-goalהִמּ֧וֹל ל֣⁠וֹ כָל־זָכָ֗ר וְ⁠אָז֙ יִקְרַ֣ב לַ⁠עֲשֹׂת֔⁠וֹ1The sojourner will be circumcised in order to **draw near to keep** the Passover. Some languages may need to place the purpose clause first. Alternate translation: “in order draw near to keep it all his males must be circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
991EXO1248hi4zfigs-metonymyכְּ⁠אֶזְרַ֣ח הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ1the people who were born in the landHere, **land** refers to Canaan—which is the land that the Israelites will soon live in. The expression **a native of the land** means a person who is a native Israelite. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “those who are Israelites by birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
992EXO1248f9tifigs-doublenegativesוְ⁠כָל־עָרֵ֖ל לֹֽא־יֹ֥אכַל בּֽ⁠וֹ1no uncircumcised person may eatIf this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “And only a circumcised person may eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
993EXO1251e3z3וַ⁠יְהִ֕י בְּ⁠עֶ֖צֶם הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה1It came aboutThis phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
994EXO1251tyj3translate-unknownצִבְאֹתָֽ⁠ם1by their armed groupsThe term **hosts** refers to a large group of people often organized into groups for war. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “your groups” or “your divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
995EXO13introg9qi0# Exodus 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Instruction <br> - v. 1-2: First mention of setting apart the firstborn <br> - v. 3-10: Reiteration of the Passover instructions from [12:14-20](../12/14.md) and [24-27](../12/24.md), with a focus on telling to Yahwehs deeds to the future generations of Israelites <br> - v. 11-13: More details on setting apart the firstborn <br> - v. 14-16: Reiteration of purpose: telling to future generations<br>2. Narrative <br> - v. 17-22: Some details of the exodus<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>* There are several concepts that will be important to understand and translate with care (some have already been encountered in Exodus). They are: set apart, sign, symbol, redemption, and sacrifice.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>* There are a number of names of people groups and places in this chapter. However, many have been translated in earlier passages.<br>* Transporting the bones of Joseph may be an unknown concept in some places.<br>* It may take some time to decide on a good translation for the pillars of fire and cloud that lead the Israelites.
996EXO132de3ufigs-quotemarksקַדֶּשׁ־לִ֨⁠י כָל־בְּכ֜וֹר פֶּ֤טֶר כָּל־רֶ֨חֶם֙ בִּ⁠בְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל בָּ⁠אָדָ֖ם וּ⁠בַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֑ה לִ֖⁠י הֽוּא1Set apart to me…every firstborn maleThis entire verse is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
997EXO133en1sfigs-metaphorמִ⁠בֵּ֣ית עֲבָדִ֔ים1the house of slaveryMoses speaks of Egypt as if it were a house where people keep slaves. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
998EXO133yjy5figs-metonymyבְּ⁠חֹ֣זֶק יָ֔ד1Yahwehs strong handHere, **hand** refers to power. See how you translated “strong hand” in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
999EXO133c6eefigs-activepassiveוְ⁠לֹ֥א יֵאָכֵ֖ל חָמֵֽץ1No bread with yeast may be eatenIf your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1000EXO134y1f3translate-hebrewmonthsהָ⁠אָבִֽיב1the month of AvivThis is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. Aviv is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to give the number of the day and the name of the month on the Hebrew calendar, and say approximately what time of year that is on your calendar in a footnote.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
1001EXO135x89sוְ⁠הָיָ֣ה כִֽי־יְבִֽיאֲ⁠ךָ֣ יְהוָ֡ה אֶל־אֶ֣רֶץ…וְ⁠עָבַדְתָּ֛ אֶת־הָ⁠עֲבֹדָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את בַּ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּֽה1you must observe this act of worshipWhen the Israelites live in Canaan, they must celebrate the Passover on this day each year. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:25](../12/25.md).
1002EXO135u37lfigs-metonymyלַ⁠אֲבֹתֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙1Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “to your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1003EXO135ueejאֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ1The same description occurs in [Exodus 3:8](../03/08.md). See how you translated it there and in the several notes for it.
1004EXO136vwy9translate-numbersשִׁבְעַ֥ת1For seven daysAlternate translation: “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1005EXO136mde6translate-ordinalוּ⁠בַ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י1If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “and on day 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1006EXO137n41mfigs-activepassiveמַצּוֹת֙ יֵֽאָכֵ֔ל1Bread without yeast must be eatenIf your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must eat unleavened bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1007EXO137zm8ptranslate-numbersשִׁבְעַ֣ת1Alternate translation: “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1008EXO137le33figs-activepassiveוְ⁠לֹֽא־יֵרָאֶ֨ה לְ⁠ךָ֜ חָמֵ֗ץ1no bread with yeast may be seen among youIf your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you may not have any bread with yeast among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1009EXO137c9krfigs-activepassiveוְ⁠לֹֽא־יֵרָאֶ֥ה לְ⁠ךָ֛ שְׂאֹ֖ר1No yeast may be seen with youIf your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You may not have any yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1010EXO137dmv1בְּ⁠כָל־גְּבֻלֶֽ⁠ךָ1within any of your bordersAlternate translation: “inside any of the borders of your land”
1011EXO138qum9figs-quotesinquotesבַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠ה֖וּא לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר בַּ⁠עֲב֣וּר זֶ֗ה עָשָׂ֤ה יְהוָה֙ לִ֔⁠י בְּ⁠צֵאתִ֖⁠י מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם1On that day you are to say to your children, This is because of what Yahweh did for me when I came out of Egypt.The quotation can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “on that day that this is because of what Yahweh did for you when you came out of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1012EXO139p21hfigs-parallelismוְ⁠הָיָה֩ לְ⁠ךָ֨ לְ⁠א֜וֹת עַל־יָדְ⁠ךָ֗ וּ⁠לְ⁠זִכָּרוֹן֙ בֵּ֣ין עֵינֶ֔י⁠ךָ1This will be a reminder for you on your hand, and a reminder on your foreheadThis phrase compares the Festival of Unleavened bread to two different types of physical reminders that help people not forget something important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1013EXO139s7zgfigs-metaphorלְ⁠ךָ֨ לְ⁠א֜וֹת עַל־יָדְ⁠ךָ֗1a reminder for you on your handMoses speaks of celebrating the festival as if it were an object one could tie around their hands to remind them of what Yahweh had done. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “like something you tie around your hand as a reminder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1014EXO139mru4figs-metaphorוּ⁠לְ⁠זִכָּרוֹן֙ בֵּ֣ין עֵינֶ֔י⁠ךָ1a reminder on your foreheadMoses speaks of celebrating the festival as if it were an object one could tie on their foreheads to remind them of what Yahweh had done. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and like something you tie around your head as a reminder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1015EXO139b6nyfigs-metonymyלְמַ֗עַן תִּהְיֶ֛ה תּוֹרַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠פִ֑י⁠ךָ1so the law of Yahweh may be in your mouthHere, **in your mouth** refers to the words that they speak. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “so you may always be speaking of the law of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1016EXO139w5rmfigs-metonymyבְּ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה1strong handHere, **hand** refers to power. See how you translated “strong hand” in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1017EXO1310rxelfigs-merismמִ⁠יָּמִ֖ים יָמִֽימָ⁠ה1Alternate translation: “for all time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1018EXO1311e886figs-metonymyוְ⁠לַֽ⁠אֲבֹתֶ֑י⁠ךָ1Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “to your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1019EXO1311iqh5וּ⁠נְתָנָ֖⁠הּ לָֽ⁠ךְ1when he gives the land to youAlternate translation: “when he gives the land of the Canaanites to you”
1020EXO1312mqgsוְ⁠הַעֲבַרְתָּ֥1This is a deliberate word-play with [Exodus 12:12](../12/12.md) and [Exodus 12:23](../12/23.md) because these memorial sacrifices are to be reminders of what happened at the first Passover. It would be good to make a similar word-play in your translation, if possible, but following the meaning as in the UST is fine.
1021EXO1313lwv5figs-explicitבְ⁠שֶׂ֔ה…וַ⁠עֲרַפְתּ֑⁠וֹ1Every firstborn of a donkeyIf it would be helpful to your readers, you could make explicit that either the **lamb** or **donkey** must be killed, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1022EXO1313ew26לֹ֥א תִפְדֶּ֖ה1Alternate translation: “you do not ransom the donkey”
1023EXO1314s8cmfigs-quotesinquotesכִּֽי־יִשְׁאָלְ⁠ךָ֥ בִנְ⁠ךָ֛ מָחָ֖ר לֵ⁠אמֹ֣ר מַה־זֹּ֑את וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֔י⁠ו1When your son asks you later, What does this mean? then you are to tell himThe first quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “when your son asks you later what this means, then you are to tell him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1024EXO1314qr7qfigs-metonymyבְּ⁠חֹ֣זֶק יָ֗ד1strong handHere, **hand** represents Gods actions or works. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). Alternate translation: “With his powerful works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1025EXO1314rcz7figs-metaphorמִ⁠בֵּ֥ית עֲבָדִֽים1the house of slaveryMoses speaks of Egypt as if it were a house where people keep slaves. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:3](../13/03.md). Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1026EXO1315fgvgfigs-metaphorכִּֽי־הִקְשָׁ֣ה פַרְעֹה֮ לְ⁠שַׁלְּחֵ⁠נוּ֒1If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. This means he was stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he were **hard.** Alternate translation: “that when Pharaoh resisted letting us go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1027EXO1315atxzfigs-merismמִ⁠בְּכֹ֥ר אָדָ֖ם וְ⁠עַד־בְּכ֣וֹר בְּהֵמָ֑ה1This is a figure of speech used to emphasize the extent of the plague, nothing was exempt. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “whether he was a person or an animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1028EXO1316bse4figs-parallelismוְ⁠הָיָ֤ה לְ⁠אוֹת֙ עַל־יָ֣דְ⁠כָ֔ה וּ⁠לְ⁠טוֹטָפֹ֖ת בֵּ֣ין עֵינֶ֑י⁠ךָ1become a reminder on your hands, and a reminder on your foreheadThis expresses two ways to remember the importance of the Passover event. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 13:9](../13/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1029EXO1316xfagfigs-metonymyבְּ⁠חֹ֣זֶק יָ֔ד1Here, **hand** represents Gods actions or works. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). Alternate translation: “with his powerful works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1030EXO1317uxjhwriting-background0Verses 17-19 provide background information about the Israelites process of leaving Egypt. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1031EXO1317cv8nwriting-neweventוַ⁠יְהִ֗י1This marks the transition from instruction to narrative. You should mark the resumption of the narrative in a natural way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1032EXO1317pum6grammar-connect-logic-contrastוְ⁠לֹא־נָחָ֣⁠ם אֱלֹהִ֗ים דֶּ֚רֶךְ אֶ֣רֶץ פְּלִשְׁתִּ֔ים כִּ֥י קָר֖וֹב ה֑וּא1The route on which God took the Israelites was not the expected route. In some languages you may need to put the portion that describes the expectation first. Alternate translation: “although it was nearby, God did not lead them by way of the land of the Philistines.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1033EXO1317upopfigs-hypoפֶּֽן־יִנָּחֵ֥ם הָ⁠עָ֛ם בִּ⁠רְאֹתָ֥⁠ם מִלְחָמָ֖ה וְ⁠שָׁ֥בוּ מִצְרָֽיְמָ⁠ה1In some languages you may need to put the reason before the hypothetical result. Alternate translation: “When they see war, they may repent and return to Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1034EXO1318c4twוַ⁠חֲמֻשִׁ֛ים1The meaning of this term (**by fives**) is uncertain. Many English translations opt for something like “prepared for battle,” because this seems to be the meaning in Numbers 32:17 and the related verses in Joshua 1:14 and 4:12. Because of what the previous verse said about war, it may mean that they went out in formation—like an army would march—but perhaps not armed. Alternate translation: “And … in formation like an army”
1035EXO1319cxykוַ⁠יִּקַּ֥ח מֹשֶׁ֛ה אֶת־עַצְמ֥וֹת יוֹסֵ֖ף עִמּ֑⁠וֹ1See Joshua 24:32 regarding the burial of Josephs bones.
1036EXO1319dnlpפָּקֹ֨ד יִפְקֹ֤ד אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠הַעֲלִיתֶ֧ם אֶת־עַצְמֹתַ֛⁠י מִ⁠זֶּ֖ה אִתְּ⁠כֶֽם1This is an almost exact quote of what Joseph said in Genesis 50:25; reference your translation there when translating this.
1037EXO1320qob9מִ⁠סֻּכֹּ֑ת וַ⁠יַּחֲנ֣וּ בְ⁠אֵתָ֔ם1Alternate translation: “from a place named Succoth, and they camped at a place named Etham”
1038EXO1320xq5dtranslate-namesבְ⁠אֵתָ֔ם1camped at Etham**Etham** was possibly located south of the route heading toward the Philistines, at the border of the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1039EXO1321yi2pfigs-metonymyוַֽ⁠יהוָ֡ה הֹלֵךְ֩ לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֨ם1Here, **before their faces** means “in front of the people.” Alternate translation: “And Yahweh led them by going in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1040EXO1321jnv8בְּ⁠עַמּ֤וּד עָנָן֙…בְּ⁠עַמּ֥וּד אֵ֖שׁ1pillar of cloud…pillar of fireThe possessive here indicates characteristic. The **cloud** and **fire** looked like a **pillar**. Alternate translation: “in a cloud that looked like a pillar … in a fire that looked like a pillar” or “in a pillar-shaped cloud … in a pillar-shaped fire”
1041EXO1321nr02לְ⁠הָאִ֣יר לָ⁠הֶ֑ם1Alternate translation: “to be light for them”
1042EXO1321i7ylgrammar-connect-logic-resultאֵ֖שׁ לְ⁠הָאִ֣יר לָ⁠הֶ֑ם לָ⁠לֶ֖כֶת יוֹמָ֥ם וָ⁠לָֽיְלָה1They could travel either by day or night because God provided light at night. You could reorder the cause and effect if that is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fire. They could go by day or by night because he was light to them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1043EXO1322iiujעַמּ֤וּד הֶֽ⁠עָנָן֙ יוֹמָ֔ם וְ⁠עַמּ֥וּד הָ⁠אֵ֖שׁ לָ֑יְלָה1See how you translated this in [13:21](../13/21.md).
1044EXO1322qxksfigs-metonymyלִ⁠פְנֵ֖י הָ⁠עָֽם1Here, **from the face of the people** means “from in front of the people” where they could see it. Alternate translation: “from where they could see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1045EXO14introjq4u0# Exodus 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>This whole chapter is the record of an important event in the history of Israel known as the “parting of the sea of reeds (Red Sea).”<br>Throughout this chapter and chapter 15, the word “sea” is used. Exodus 13:18 and 15:22 show that this is the sea of reeds (Red Sea). Since the text does not explicitly say that though, the ULT will only say “sea.” In your translation, it may help people to be more specific than the text if just using “sea” is confusing.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Pharaohs chariots<br><br>These chariots were a fighting force. Pharaoh took an army to kill the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>The Israelites asked a few rhetorical questions of Moses. These questions were not really directed at Moses, but at Yahweh. This showed their lack of faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
1046EXO142b5qqfigs-quotemarksדַּבֵּר֮1This verse begins a direct quote which continues into [verse 4](../13/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1047EXO142mb4etranslate-namesפִּ֣י הַחִירֹ֔ת…מִגְדֹּ֖ל…בַּ֣עַל צְפֹ֔ן1Pi Hahiroth…Migdol…Baal ZephonThese are locations on Egypts eastern border. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1048EXO142ue2ofigs-quotationsבְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ וְ⁠יָשֻׁ֗בוּ וְ⁠יַחֲנוּ֙ לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ פִּ֣י הַחִירֹ֔ת בֵּ֥ין מִגְדֹּ֖ל וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הַ⁠יָּ֑ם לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ בַּ֣עַל צְפֹ֔ן1The portion after **that** could be translated as a direct quotation. That would make a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the sons of Israel, Turn and camp before the face of Pi Hahiroth, between Migdol and the sea, before the face of Baal Zephon.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1049EXO142c9r8figs-youdualתַחֲנ֖וּ1You are to campHere, **you** is plural and refers to Moses and the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
1050EXO143c81bfigs-quotationsוְ⁠אָמַ֤ר פַּרְעֹה֙ לִ⁠בְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל נְבֻכִ֥ים הֵ֖ם בָּ⁠אָ֑רֶץ סָגַ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר1Pharaoh will say about the Israelites, They are wandering in the land. The wilderness has closed in on them.If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh will say that the Israelites are confused in the land, and the wilderness has closed in on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1051EXO143tz6jfigs-personificationסָגַ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר1The wilderness has closed in on themPharaoh speaks of **the wilderness** as a person who has trapped the Israelites. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “It is as if the wilderness is closing in on them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1052EXO144dv62figs-metaphorוְ⁠חִזַּקְתִּ֣י אֶת־לֵב־פַּרְעֹה֮1I will harden Pharaohs heartThis means God will make him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong.** If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But I will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1053EXO144tw2mוְ⁠רָדַ֣ף אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶם֒1he will pursue themAlternate translation: “and Pharaoh will pursue the Israelites”
1054EXO144d5x1figs-activepassiveוְ⁠אִכָּבְדָ֤ה1I will get honorIf your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And people will glorify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1055EXO144a7m2figs-ellipsisוְ⁠אִכָּבְדָ֤ה בְּ⁠פַרְעֹה֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־חֵיל֔⁠וֹ1Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And I will be glorified because of what I do to Pharaoh and to all his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1056EXO144dms1figs-explicitוַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂוּ־כֵֽן1So the Israelites camped as they were instructedIf it would be helpful to your readers, you could express what **they did** explicitly. Alternate translation: “So the Israelites turned and camped as Yahweh had instructed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1057EXO145t4cnfigs-activepassiveוַ⁠יֻּגַּד֙ לְ⁠מֶ֣לֶךְ מִצְרַ֔יִם1When the king of Egypt was toldIf your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then someone told the king of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1058EXO145it5sבָרַ֖ח1had fledAlternate translation: “had run away”
1059EXO145k67bfigs-metonymyוַ֠⁠יֵּהָפֵךְ לְבַ֨ב פַּרְעֹ֤ה וַ⁠עֲבָדָי⁠ו֙ אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם1the minds of Pharaoh and his servants turned against the peopleHere, **heart** refers to their attitudes toward the Israelites. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh and his servants changed their attitude about the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1060EXO145go8ufigs-activepassiveוַ֠⁠יֵּהָפֵךְ לְבַ֨ב פַּרְעֹ֤ה וַ⁠עֲבָדָי⁠ו֙ אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם1If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh and his servants turned their hearts to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1061EXO145wljwאֶל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם1Alternate translation: “against the Israelites”
1062EXO145v236figs-rquestionמַה־זֹּ֣את עָשִׂ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־שִׁלַּ֥חְנוּ אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠עָבְדֵֽ⁠נוּ1What have we done? We have released Israel from serving us.They asked this question to show they thought they had done a foolish thing. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We should not have let the Israelites go free from working for us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1063EXO145dnj3grammar-collectivenounsיִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל1This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
1064EXO147ry11translate-numbersשֵׁשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת1He took six hundred chosen chariotsAlternate translation: “six hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1065EXO147g2d9וְ⁠שָׁלִשִׁ֖ם1The precise meaning of this term is not known. Alternate translations: “and officers” or “and shield-bearers” or “and three men”
1066EXO148a1r1figs-metaphorוַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֣ק יְהֹוָ֗ה אֶת־לֵ֤ב פַּרְעֹה֙1Yahweh hardened the heart of PharaohThis means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were “strong.” If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “And Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1067EXO148doa5בְּ⁠יָ֥ד רָמָֽה1Alternate translation: “boldly” or “defiantly”
1068EXO149x9x0כָּל־סוּס֙ רֶ֣כֶב פַּרְעֹ֔ה וּ⁠פָרָשָׁ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠חֵיל֑⁠וֹ1It is unclear exactly what the groupings are here. **Horses of the chariots** (probably meaning “horse-drawn chariots”) and **horsemen** could be two groups or two references to the same group. **Army** could mean another group, perhaps on foot (see [15:19](../15/19.md)), or it could be a summary grouping. Furthermore, most translations render **horses of the chariots** as “horses and chariots,” suggesting four total groups (possibly because of [v. 23](../14/23.md)). Alternate translation: “all the horse-drawn chariots of Pharaoh and his horsemen and his foot soldiers”
1069EXO149q0jowriting-pronounsאוֹתָ⁠ם֙1Here, **them** refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1070EXO149sb7xtranslate-namesפִּי֙ הַֽחִירֹ֔ת…בַּ֥עַל צְפֹֽן1Pi Hahiroth…Baal ZephonThese are places on Egypts eastern border. See how you translated them in [Exodus 14:2](../14/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1071EXO1410s1xafigs-synecdocheוּ⁠פַרְעֹ֖ה הִקְרִ֑יב1When Pharaoh came closeHere, **Pharaoh** represents the entire Egyptian army. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Then Pharaoh and his army approached” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1072EXO1410vyp9וַ⁠יִּשְׂאוּ֩ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֨ל אֶת־עֵינֵי⁠הֶ֜ם1Alternate translation: “and the sons of Israel looked up” or “and the sons of Israel looked back”
1073EXO1410qcy1וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה1they were terrifiedHere, **behold** is used to draw attention to alarming information that follows. Use a word, phrase, or structure in your language that indicates that the next information is very alarming.
1074EXO1411vzw5figs-rquestionהַֽ⁠מִ⁠בְּלִ֤י אֵין־קְבָרִים֙ בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם לְקַחְתָּ֖⁠נוּ לָ⁠מ֣וּת בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֑ר1Is it because there were no graves in Egypt, that you have taken us away to die in the wilderness?The Israelites ask this question to express their frustration and fear of dying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There were plenty of graveyards in Egypt for us to be buried in. You did not have to take us into the wilderness to die!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1075EXO1411x4n2figs-rquestionמַה־זֹּאת֙ עָשִׂ֣יתָ לָּ֔⁠נוּ לְ⁠הוֹצִיאָ֖⁠נוּ מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם1Why have you treated us like this, bringing us out of Egypt?The Israelites ask this question to rebuke Moses for bringing them to the desert to die. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not have endangered us like this by bringing us out of Egypt!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1076EXO1412itb2figs-rquestionהֲ⁠לֹא־זֶ֣ה הַ⁠דָּבָ֗ר אֲשֶׁר֩ דִּבַּ֨רְנוּ אֵלֶ֤י⁠ךָ בְ⁠מִצְרַ֨יִם֙1Is this not what we told you in Egypt?The Israelites ask this question to emphasize that this is what they had told Moses. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This is exactly what we told you while we were in Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1077EXO1412ix25figs-quotationsבְ⁠מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר חֲדַ֥ל מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ וְ⁠נַֽעַבְדָ֣ה אֶת־מִצְרָ֑יִם1We said to you, Leave us alone, so we can work for the Egyptians.If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the portion following **saying** as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “in Egypt? We told you to leave us alone so we could serve the Egyptians.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1078EXO1413phy1figs-abstractnounsוּ⁠רְאוּ֙ אֶת־יְשׁוּעַ֣ת יְהוָ֔ה אֲשֶׁר־יַעֲשֶׂ֥ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם הַ⁠יּ֑וֹם1If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and see what Yahweh will do for you today, he will save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1079EXO1413rrd4לֹ֥א תֹסִ֛יפוּ לִ⁠רְאֹתָ֥⁠ם ע֖וֹד עַד־עוֹלָֽם1provide for youThis statement is very extended for emphasis on its certainty. Alternate translation: “you will not see them again forever”
1080EXO1414vcdcfigs-rpronounsיְהוָ֖ה יִלָּחֵ֣ם1The form **Yahweh himself** emphasizes what Yahweh will do in contrast to what the Israelites will do. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “As for Yahweh, he will fight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
1081EXO1414hx1fתַּחֲרִישֽׁוּ⁠ן1Here, **silent** could mean “still.” The Israelites lack of action is in contrast to Yahwehs fighting. It is not a total lack of motion or sound. Alternate translation: “you will not fight”
1082EXO1415a727figs-rquestionמַה־תִּצְעַ֖ק אֵלָ֑⁠י1Why are you, Moses, continuing to call out to me?Moses apparently had been praying to God for help, so God uses this question to compel Moses to act. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Do not call out to me any longer, Moses.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1083EXO1416stlaהָרֵ֣ם אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֗ וּ⁠נְטֵ֧ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֛1divide it in twoSee note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding **hand** and **staff**.
1084EXO1416t3e4וּ⁠בְקָעֵ֑⁠הוּ1divide it in twoAlternate translation: “and divide the sea into two parts”
1085EXO1417z5ubוַ⁠אֲנִ֗י הִנְ⁠נִ֤י1Be awareHere, **behold me** is an expression meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. In this case, Yahweh is drawing attention to his next actions. Alternate translation: “Look at what I will do”
1086EXO1417qd3lfigs-metaphorמְחַזֵּק֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב מִצְרַ֔יִם1I will harden the Egyptians heartsThis means that God will make them stubborn. Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if their **hearts** were “strong.” If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a persons will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “I will cause the Egyptians to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1087EXO1417asz9וְ⁠יָבֹ֖אוּ אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם1so they will go after themAlternate translation: “so that the Egyptians will go into the sea after the Israelites”
1088EXO1417hjyhfigs-ellipsisוְ⁠אִכָּבְדָ֤ה בְּ⁠פַרְעֹה֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־חֵיל֔⁠וֹ בְּ⁠רִכְבּ֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠פָרָשָֽׁי⁠ו1so they will go after themYahweh is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 4](../14/04.md) Alternate translation: “And I will be glorified because of what I do to Pharaoh, all his army, his chariots, and his horsemen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1089EXO1417asfqfigs-activepassiveוְ⁠אִכָּבְדָ֤ה1so they will go after themIf your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And people will glorify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1090EXO1418ytnmfigs-activepassiveבְּ⁠הִכָּבְדִ֣⁠י1so they will go after themIf your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when I cause people to glorify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1091EXO1418cji1figs-ellipsisבְּ⁠הִכָּבְדִ֣⁠י בְּ⁠פַרְעֹ֔ה בְּ⁠רִכְבּ֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠פָרָשָֽׁי⁠ו1so they will go after themYahweh is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 4](../14/04.md) Alternate translation: “when I get glory because of what I do to Pharaoh, his chariots, and his horsemen” or “when I show my glory by what I do to Pharaoh, his chariots, and his horsemen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1092EXO1419hsihfigs-metonymyלִ⁠פְנֵי֙ מַחֲנֵ֣ה…מִ⁠פְּנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם1so they will go after themHere, **face** means “front.” Alternate translation: “in front of the camp of … from in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1093EXO1419m1doעַמּ֤וּד הֶֽ⁠עָנָן֙1so they will go after themSee how you translated this in [13:21](../13/21.md).
1094EXO1419ysv9grammar-collectivenounsיִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל1so they will go after themThis is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
1095EXO1420jyz2grammar-collectivenounsיִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל1so one side did not come near the otherThis is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
1096EXO1420c4u5וַ⁠יְהִ֤י הֶֽ⁠עָנָן֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠חֹ֔שֶׁךְ וַ⁠יָּ֖אֶר אֶת־הַ⁠לָּ֑יְלָה1so one side did not come near the otherAlternate translation: “And the cloud became dark on one side and light on the other side all night”
1097EXO1421qbzpוַ⁠יֵּ֨ט מֹשֶׁ֣ה אֶת־יָד⁠וֹ֮ עַל־הַ⁠יָּם֒1east windSee note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
1098EXO1421dfx5בְּ⁠ר֨וּחַ קָדִ֤ים1east windAn **east wind** originates in the east and blows towards the west.
1099EXO1421f9zhfigs-activepassiveוַ⁠יִּבָּקְע֖וּ הַ⁠מָּֽיִם1the waters were dividedIf your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh divided the waters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1100EXO1424iz9ttranslate-unknownבְּ⁠אַשְׁמֹ֣רֶת הַ⁠בֹּ֔קֶר1He caused panic among the EgyptiansThis is the last third of the night. It is approximately the three hours before sunrise. Alternate translation: “very early in the morning” or “in the time before the sun rises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1101EXO1424kjg9בְּ⁠עַמּ֥וּד אֵ֖שׁ וְ⁠עָנָ֑ן1He caused panic among the EgyptiansSee how you translated this in [13:21](../13/21.md).
1102EXO1424zyp4מַחֲנֵ֣ה מִצְרַ֔יִם…מַחֲנֵ֥ה מִצְרָֽיִם1He caused panic among the EgyptiansAlternate translation: “the army of the Egyptians … the army of the Egyptians”
1103EXO1425qzkwfigs-metonymyמִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל1Their chariot wheels were cloggedHere, **the face of Israel** means the presence of Israel. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1104EXO1426p5dsfigs-quotationsוַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה נְטֵ֥ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל־הַ⁠יָּ֑ם וְ⁠יָשֻׁ֤בוּ הַ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ עַל־מִצְרַ֔יִם עַל־רִכְבּ֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠עַל־פָּרָשָֽׁי⁠ו׃1Yahweh said to Moses, “Reach out with your hand…and their horsemen.”If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Yahweh told Moses to reach out with his hand over the sea so that the waters would come back onto the Egyptians, their chariots, and their horsemen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1105EXO1426pw8gנְטֵ֥ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל־הַ⁠יָּ֑ם1Yahweh said to Moses, “Reach out with your hand…and their horsemen.”See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
1106EXO1426d46ywriting-pronounsעַל־רִכְבּ֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠עַל־פָּרָשָֽׁי⁠ו1Yahweh said to Moses, “Reach out with your hand…and their horsemen.”Here, **his** refers to Pharaoh, king of Egypt. Alternate translation: “on Pharaohs chariots and on Pharaohs horsemen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1107EXO1427wn3qוַ⁠יֵּט֩ מֹשֶׁ֨ה אֶת־יָד֜⁠וֹ עַל־הַ⁠יָּ֗ם1The Egyptians fled into the seaSee note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
1108EXO1427cosafigs-metonymyלִ⁠פְנ֥וֹת בֹּ֨קֶר֙1The Egyptians fled into the seaHere, **before the face of** means “before the occurrence of.” If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “before it was morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1109EXO1427h64rfigs-metaphorוַ⁠יְנַעֵ֧ר יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־מִצְרַ֖יִם בְּ⁠ת֥וֹךְ הַ⁠יָּֽם1Yahweh drove the EgyptiansHere, Yahweh is pictured as acting toward the Egyptians as if they were dirt or dust on his clothing that he shakes to be rid of them. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh threw the Egyptians back into the middle of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1110EXO1428o9qofigs-litotesלֹֽא־נִשְׁאַ֥ר בָּ⁠הֶ֖ם עַד־אֶחָֽד1Yahweh drove the EgyptiansThis negative statement is meant to strongly convey the idea that all the Egyptians were gone. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “Every one of them was gone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1111EXO1430zvbegrammar-collectivenounsיִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל1out of the hand of the EgyptiansThis is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
1112EXO1430e2lffigs-metonymyמִ⁠יַּ֣ד מִצְרָ֑יִם1out of the hand of the EgyptiansHere, **hand** refers to power. Alternate translation: “from the Egyptians power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1113EXO1430p5zwעַל־שְׂפַ֥ת הַ⁠יָּֽם1on the seashoreAlternate translation: “on the land along the edge of the sea”
1114EXO1431o1ocgrammar-collectivenounsיִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל1on the seashoreThis is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
1115EXO1431np6sfigs-metonymyאֶת־הַ⁠יָּ֣ד הַ⁠גְּדֹלָ֗ה1on the seashoreHere, **hand** refers to power. Alternate translation: “the great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1116EXO15introni4b0# Exodus 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Verses 1b-18 and 21b of chapter 15 are poetry. They are a song of praise to Yahweh because he defeated and destroyed the Egyptian army ([Exodus 14:26-28](../14/26.md)). Translating poetry should be done by someone who is a skilled poet in the target language. Because the forms of poetry are so different in different languages, a translation that is good poetry in the target language may seem very different from the original poem. The structure may look quite different. The poet will be well served by looking at the entire poem from multiple perspectives. He will need to know the meaning of the poem, the themes and discourse structure of the poem, and the feelings that the poem is supposed to create in the reader at each point (UST, tNotes). He will need to understand how that was accomplished by the original form and structure (ULT). Then he will need to compose the translated poem using forms and structures that have the same or similar meaning, themes, discourse elements, and feelings in his own language. Unlike in many other places, most notes in this chapter will not advise towards expressing meaning in non-figurative ways or combining parallel phrases as that advice would be too simplistic for handling poetry.<br><br>### Structure<br><br>This song follows a basic AB structure which is given to us in verse 1b-c and 21b-c:<br><br>* A - praise to Yahweh - he is magnificent (expressed in various words)<br>* B - because he defeats our enemies<br><br>The song can be divided into three major sections, each of which is patterned as: AB(a)b. Each section starts with an AB portion which is characterized by fewer verbal forms (especially the A portion). The section then elaborates on each. Note that there are other possible analyses of the structure of the poem.<br><br>Here is an outline of the structure according to this model:<br><br>* Section 1 (see alternate breakdown below):<br>* 1b: A “Let me sing to Yahweh, for he has triumphantly triumphed;”<br>* 1c: B “the horse and the one riding it he threw into the sea.”<br>* 2-3: a<br>* 4-5: b<br>* Section 2:<br>* 6a: A<br>* 6b: B<br>* 7a: a “And in the abundance of your majesty”<br>* 7a-10: b “you overthrow those who rise up against you … ”<br>* Section 3:<br>* 11: A<br>* 12: B<br>* 13a: a (possibly) “In your covenant loyalty”<br>* 13a-17: b<br>* 18: finale<br><br>Alternate breakdown of section 1: it is possible to view 1b-c as the introduction and divide verse 2 such that:<br><br>* 2a: A “Yah is my strength and my song”<br>* 2b: B “and he has become my salvation”<br>* 2c-3: a<br>* 4-5: b<br><br>### Themes:<br><br>There are several images and themes that are throughout the song as well as some that are throughout an individual section.<br><br>* “High” versus “low”: Yahweh is high, while his enemies are low.<br>* The following words are all related to the idea of being high or rising up: **triumph** ([v1](../15/01.md)), **exalt** ([v2](../15/02.md)), **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v11](../15/11.md)), **majesty** ([v7](../15/07.md)), and **the mountain of** \\[Yahwehs\\] **possession** ([v17](../15/17.md)). In the last case, Yahwehs people are brought to a high place with him.<br>* In contrast, his enemies are low. Note in [verse 7](../15/07.md), Yahweh overthrows those who **rise up against** \\[him\\]. Ideas of being low are as follows: **sank** ([v4](../15/04.md), [v10](../15/19.md)), **deeps** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **descended into the depths** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **melted away** ([v15](../15/15.md)), and **fall on them** ([v16](../15/16.md)).<br>* The strength of Yahweh in [verses 2](../15/02.md), [6](../15/06.md), and [13](../15/13.md).<br>* The effectiveness of Yahwehs hand versus the enemys hand. Yahwehs hand (and arm) is effective in [verses 6](../15/06.md), [12](../15/12.md), [16](../15/16.md), and [17](../15/17.md) but the enemys hand is ineffective despite his boasting in [verse 9](../15/09.md).<br>* There is parallel imagery near the end of each section. The enemy is compared three times by simile to a heavy, inert object. In [verses 5](../15/05.md) and [16](../15/16.md) that is a **stone**, in [verse 10](../15/10.md) that is **lead**.<br>* More parallel imagery occurs at the end of sections one ([v5](../15/05.md)) and two ([v10](../15/10.md)): that of the enemy sinking in the water and being covered by it.<br>* In sections two and three the water ([v8](../15/08.md)) and the other peoples ([v16](../15/16.md)) are made still by Yahweh.<br>* Section two begins and ends with **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v10](../15/10.md)) and that word is picked up in the beginning of section three ([v11](../15/11.md)).<br>* In section two ([v9](../15/09.md)), the enemies seek to **dispossess** (or disinherit) the Israelites; in section three ([v16](../15/16.md)), the Israelites come to live in the land of Yahwehs **possession** (or inheritance).<br>* In [verse 11](../15/11.md), three themes for the third section are introduced. These are each expanded on in that section.<br>* **Holiness** occurs again in [verses 13](../15/13.md) and [16](../15/16.md)<br>* **Fear** is vividly described in [verses 14-16](../15/14.md) (shake, terror, panic, trembling, melted away, dread)<br>* Yahweh **does miracles** to protect and build a home for his people<br>* [Verses 14-16a](../15/14.md) are a chiasm, a complex parallel structure where concepts are repeated in reverse order:<br>* A: 14a: peoples (nations) *become* afraid<br>* B: 14b: *inhabitants* of Philistia are afraid<br>* C: 15a: *rulers* of Edom are afraid<br>* C: 15b: *rulers* of Moab are afraid<br>* B: 15c: *inhabitants* of Canaan are afraid<br>* A: 16a: people *become* afraid<br>* In section three, there is another parallel structure:<br>* [v13](../15/13.md): you led this people => [v16](../15/16.md): your people pass by<br>* v13: this people you redeemed => v16: this people you acquired (or purchased or ransomed)<br>* v13: you led them to the home => [v17](../15/17.md): you will bring them … \\[to\\] the place … you made<br>* v13: of your holiness => v17: the Holy Place<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### The Israelites discontent<br><br>In [verse 24](../15/24.md) the word **murmur** is introduced for the first time. This is a very strong term for “grumble” or “complain” that is used to describe the Israelites attitude throughout their time in the wilderness. It occurs several times in Exodus and Numbers.<br><br>### Yahwehs laws<br><br>In verses [24-26](../15/24.md), there is an introductory revelation of the requirement that Israel keep the covenant by obeying the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])
1117EXO151kw29figs-explicitגָאֹ֣ה גָּאָ֔ה1he has triumphed gloriouslyIf it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly over whom Yahweh triumphed. Alternate translation: “he has achieved a glorious victory over the army of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1118EXO151bpyjגָאֹ֣ה גָּאָ֔ה1he has triumphed gloriouslyAlternate translation: “he is highly exalted” or “he is extremely high” or “he is exaltedly exalted”
1119EXO151f6uefigs-metaphorס֥וּס וְ⁠רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ רָמָ֥ה בַ⁠יָּֽם1the horse and its rider he has thrown into the seaMoses sang about God causing the sea to cover and drown the horse and rider as if God had thrown them **into the sea**. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he has made the horse and rider drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1120EXO151cr5ufigs-genericnounס֥וּס וְ⁠רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ1the horse and its riderThis refers to many or all of the Egyptian horses and riders that were chasing the Israelites. Alternate translation: “the horses and their riders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
1121EXO151ex3pוְ⁠רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ1riderHere, **rider** could either refer to a person who sits on a horse or who travels in a chariot that a horse is pulling.
1122EXO152pb23figs-metaphorעָזִּ֤⁠י…יָ֔הּ1Yahweh is my strengthMoses is expressing the help that he gets from Yahweh by equating Yahweh with **strength**. Use a form or metaphor from your language that would express Yahwehs strengthening help. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Yah is the one who gives me strength” or “Yah is the strong one who protects me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1123EXO152vk6lfigs-metaphorוְ⁠זִמְרָת֙ יָ֔הּ1songMoses calls Yahweh his **song** because Yahweh is the one he sings about or because Yahweh causes him to sing. Use a form or metaphor from your language that would express Yahweh being a song of joy. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Yah is … the one I sing about” or “Yah … makes me sing joyfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1124EXO152kbv7figs-metaphorוַֽ⁠יְהִי־לִ֖⁠י לִֽ⁠ישׁוּעָ֑ה1he has become my salvationMoses calls Yahweh his salvation because Yahweh saved him. Use a form or metaphor from your language that would express Yahwehs saving power. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and he has saved me” or “and he is the one who saves me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1125EXO152rgtufigs-parallelismזֶ֤ה אֵלִ⁠י֙ וְ⁠אַנְוֵ֔⁠הוּ אֱלֹהֵ֥י אָבִ֖⁠י וַ⁠אֲרֹמְמֶֽ⁠נְהוּ1he has become my salvationThese lines are expressing very similar ideas for emphasis. If that is a normal way to make an emphatic (poetic) statement or if it would be understood in your language, you can translate in a similar way. If, however, repetition like this would create a different meaning, find a structure in your language that would fit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1126EXO153p1d5figs-metaphorיְהוָ֖ה אִ֣ישׁ מִלְחָמָ֑ה1Yahweh is a warriorMoses calls Yahweh a **man of war** because he powerfully fought against the Egyptians and won. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is like a warrior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1127EXO154pc8dfigs-parallelismמַרְכְּבֹ֥ת פַּרְעֹ֛ה וְ⁠חֵיל֖⁠וֹ יָרָ֣ה בַ⁠יָּ֑ם וּ⁠מִבְחַ֥ר שָֽׁלִשָׁ֖י⁠ו טֻבְּע֥וּ בְ⁠יַם־סֽוּף1He has thrown Pharaohs chariots and army into the seaThese lines are synonymous parallels where the second strengthens what is said in the first. Alternate translation: “He threw all of Pharaohs army into the sea, including the chariots; even his chosen officers sank in the sea of reeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1128EXO154p8w6figs-metaphorמַרְכְּבֹ֥ת פַּרְעֹ֛ה וְ⁠חֵיל֖⁠וֹ יָרָ֣ה בַ⁠יָּ֑ם1He has thrown Pharaohs chariots and army into the seaMoses sings about Yahweh causing the sea to cover Pharaohs chariots and army as if Yahweh had thrown them **into the sea.** If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “He has made Pharaohs chariot riders and army drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1129EXO155yefefigs-parallelismתְּהֹמֹ֖ת יְכַסְיֻ֑⁠מוּ יָרְד֥וּ בִ⁠מְצוֹלֹ֖ת כְּמוֹ־אָֽבֶן׃1they went down into the depths like a stoneThese lines are synonymous parallels where the second clarifies what is said in the first. Alternate translation: “The deeps covered them because they had descended into the depths like a stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1130EXO155nqe4figs-simileיָרְד֥וּ בִ⁠מְצוֹלֹ֖ת כְּמוֹ־אָֽבֶן1they went down into the depths like a stoneThis comparison is that just ***like a stone*** does not float but sinks to the bottom of the sea, the enemy soldiers sank to the bottom of the sea. Alternate translation: “they went down into the deep water like a stone sinking to the bottom of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1131EXO156jx52figs-parallelismיְמִֽינְ⁠ךָ֣ יְהוָ֔ה נֶאְדָּרִ֖י בַּ⁠כֹּ֑חַ יְמִֽינְ⁠ךָ֥ יְהוָ֖ה תִּרְעַ֥ץ אוֹיֵֽב׃1Your right hand, Yahweh, is glorious in powerThese lines are synonymous parallels where the second takes the abstract idea in the first and makes it concrete (though still with poetic imagery). Alternate translation: “Yahweh, you show how majestic in power your right hand is by shattering the enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1132EXO156x1fzfigs-metonymyיְמִֽינְ⁠ךָ֣ יְהוָ֔ה נֶאְדָּרִ֖י בַּ⁠כֹּ֑חַ יְמִֽינְ⁠ךָ֥ יְהוָ֖ה תִּרְעַ֥ץ אוֹיֵֽב1Your right hand, Yahweh, is glorious in powerMoses speaks of Yahweh as if Yahweh had hands. The **right hand** refers to Yahwehs power or the things Yahweh does powerfully. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, your power is glorious; Yahweh, your power has shattered the enemy” or “Yahweh, what you do is gloriously powerful; Yahweh, by your power you have shattered the enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1133EXO156rmd4figs-metaphorתִּרְעַ֥ץ אוֹיֵֽב1has shattered the enemyMoses speaks of the enemy as if it were fragile and could be **shattered** like glass or pottery. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “completely destroys the enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1134EXO157i2x4figs-parallelismתַּהֲרֹ֣ס קָמֶ֑י⁠ךָ תְּשַׁלַּח֙ חֲרֹ֣נְ⁠ךָ֔ יֹאכְלֵ֖⁠מוֹ כַּ⁠קַּֽשׁ1those who rose up against youThese lines are synonymous parallels where the second takes the abstract idea in the first portion (**you overthrow those who rise up against you**) and makes it concrete (though still with poetic imagery). Alternate translation: “you overthrow those who rise up against you by sending out your heat to devour them like stubble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1135EXO157kmv4figs-abstractnounsוּ⁠בְ⁠רֹ֥ב גְּאוֹנְ⁠ךָ֖1those who rose up against youIf your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **abundance** and **majesty**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “You are abundantly majestic and” or “Because you are abundantly majestic,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1136EXO157nd3tfigs-metaphorקָמֶ֑י⁠ךָ1those who rose up against youRebelling against Yahweh is spoken of as **rising up against** him. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “those who rebel against you” or “your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1137EXO157kst4חֲרֹ֣נְ⁠ךָ֔1You sent out your wrathAlternate translation: “your wrath” or “your fury”
1138EXO157glq7figs-personificationתְּשַׁלַּח֙ חֲרֹ֣נְ⁠ךָ֔1You sent out your wrathMoses speaks of Yahwehs wrath (literally **heat**) as if it were a servant that Yahweh sent out to do something. Alternate translation: “You show your wrath” or “You act according to your wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1139EXO157a5x7figs-metaphorיֹאכְלֵ֖⁠מוֹ כַּ⁠קַּֽשׁ׃1it consumed them like stubbleMoses speaks of Gods wrath as if it were fire that could completely burn up things. His enemies were completely destroyed like **stubble** in a fire. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “it completely destroys your enemies like a fire that burns up straw” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1140EXO157guapfigs-simileיֹאכְלֵ֖⁠מוֹ כַּ⁠קַּֽשׁ1By the blast of your nostrilsHere the enemies (or **those who rise up against** Yahweh) are pictured as if they were a highly flammable piece of dried grass. Alternate translation: “it devours the enemy as if they were stubble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1141EXO158ic8vfigs-personificationוּ⁠בְ⁠ר֤וּחַ אַפֶּ֨י⁠ךָ֙1By the blast of your nostrilsMoses speaks of God as if God had a nose, and he speaks of the wind as if God blew the wind from his nose. Alternate translation: “You blew on the sea and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1142EXO158qg9gfigs-activepassiveוּ⁠בְ⁠ר֤וּחַ אַפֶּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ נֶ֣עֶרְמוּ מַ֔יִם נִצְּב֥וּ כְמוֹ־נֵ֖ד נֹזְלִ֑ים1By the blast of your nostrilsIf your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The blast from your nostrils piled the waters up and made the flowing waters stand upright in a heap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1143EXO158tguhfigs-parallelismנֶ֣עֶרְמוּ מַ֔יִם נִצְּב֥וּ כְמוֹ־נֵ֖ד נֹזְלִ֑ים קָֽפְא֥וּ תְהֹמֹ֖ת בְּ⁠לֶב־יָֽם1By the blast of your nostrilsThese lines are synonymous parallels where each line means basically the same thing, but each gives the reader a different poetic image. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1144EXO158uevtfigs-metaphorבְּ⁠לֶב־יָֽם1By the blast of your nostrilsThe center or deepest part of the sea is spoken of as if the sea had a **heart**. Alternate translation: “in the center of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1145EXO159d8nkfigs-activepassiveתִּמְלָאֵ֣⁠מוֹ נַפְשִׁ֔⁠י1my desire will be satisfied on themIf your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will satisfy my desire on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1146EXO159lu0eתּוֹרִישֵׁ֖⁠מוֹ יָדִֽ⁠י1my hand will destroy themThe meaning of this phrase is unclear. The word translated **dispossess** could also mean “possess” or “inherit.” What seems clear is that the Egyptians plan to use their power to prevent the Israelites from possessing good things. Whether this is a reference back to **plunder** earlier in the verse or to recapturing them as slaves or to taking over the Israelites place in the land of Goshen or to keeping them from reaching the promised land (of Yahwehs possession, see [verse 17](../15/17.md) regarding where Yahweh will bring his people) or something else is not so clear. It could also refer to taking away their life and breath. **Dispossess** was chosen rather than another term because the verb is in a causative form here. Alternate translation: “my hand will possess them” or “my hand will inherit them” or “my hand will kill them”
1147EXO159sm77figs-metonymyתּוֹרִישֵׁ֖⁠מוֹ יָדִֽ⁠י1my hand will destroy themHere **hand** is used figuratively of the Egyptians power (that is, their military strength). If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “I will dispossess them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1148EXO1510yrj5figs-metaphorנָשַׁ֥פְתָּ בְ⁠רוּחֲ⁠ךָ֖1But you blew with your windMoses spoke about God making the **wind** blow as if God **blew** the wind through his nose or mouth. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “But you made the wind blow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1149EXO1510f7d3figs-simileצָֽלֲלוּ֙ כַּֽ⁠עוֹפֶ֔רֶת בְּ⁠מַ֖יִם אַדִּירִֽים1sank like lead in the mighty waters**Lead** is a heavy metal that is commonly used to make things sink in water. It is used here to show how quickly Gods enemies were destroyed. Alternate translation: “sank as fast as a heavy piece of metal in the deep turbulent waters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1150EXO1511wq2sfigs-rquestionמִֽי־כָמֹ֤⁠כָה בָּֽ⁠אֵלִם֙ יְהוָ֔ה1Who is like you, Yahweh, among the gods?Moses uses this question to show how great God is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “O Yahweh, no one is like you among the gods!” or “Yahweh, none of the gods is like you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1151EXO1511pp57figs-rquestionמִ֥י כָּמֹ֖⁠כָה נֶאְדָּ֣ר בַּ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ נוֹרָ֥א תְהִלֹּ֖ת עֹ֥שֵׂה פֶֽלֶא1Who is like you,…doing miracles?Moses uses this question to show how great God is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one is like you. No one is majestic in holiness as you are, no one is honored in praises as you are, and no one does miracles as you do!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1152EXO1511uhfjfigs-abstractnounsנֶאְדָּ֣ר בַּ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ1Who is like you,…doing miracles?If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **holiness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “majestic and holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1153EXO1512cid8figs-metonymyיְמִ֣ינְ⁠ךָ֔1with your right handThe phrase **right hand** represents the strong power of God. Alternate translation: “with your strong power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1154EXO1512bkg2figs-metaphorנָטִ֨יתָ֙ יְמִ֣ינְ⁠ךָ֔1You reached out with your right handMoses speaks about God causing something to happen as if God **reached out** with his** hand**. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “With your strong power you made it happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1155EXO1512g7bvfigs-personificationתִּבְלָעֵ֖⁠מוֹ אָֽרֶץ1the earth swallowed themMoses personifies the earth as if it could swallow or devour with its mouth. Alternate translation: “the earth devours them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1156EXO1513cveafigs-parallelismנָחִ֥יתָ בְ⁠חַסְדְּ⁠ךָ֖ עַם־ז֣וּ גָּאָ֑לְתָּ נֵהַ֥לְתָּ בְ⁠עָזְּ⁠ךָ֖1the earth swallowed themThese lines are structural parallels where the lines are saying similar things, but the parallelism is more in the construction of the lines. **In your** is repeated and the concepts of **led** and **guided** are very similar to one another. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1157EXO1513znbrfigs-abstractnounsקָדְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ1the earth swallowed themIf your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **holiness**, you could express the same idea in another way. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1158EXO1514qlpyfigs-parallelism0trembleVerses 14-16a form a complex parallel structure where things are repeated in reverse. (See the [introduction to chapter 15](../15/intro.md) and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1159EXO1514zi1mfigs-explicitיִרְגָּז֑וּ⁠ן1trembleThis means to shake with fear. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1160EXO1514uqf7figs-personificationחִ֣יל אָחַ֔ז יֹשְׁבֵ֖י פְּלָֽשֶׁת1terror will seize the inhabitants of PhilistiaMoses speaks of **anguish** as if it were a person that could forcefully grab hold of someone and make them extremely afraid. Alternate translation: “the inhabitants of Philistia will be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1161EXO1515qyixfigs-personificationאֵילֵ֣י מוֹאָ֔ב יֹֽאחֲזֵ֖⁠מוֹ רָ֑עַד1terror will seize the inhabitants of PhilistiaMoses speaks of **trembling** as if it were a person that could forcefully grab hold of someone and make them extremely afraid. Alternate translation: “the leaders of Moab will be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1162EXO1515ya48figs-metaphorנָמֹ֕גוּ1will melt awayMoses uses the phrase, **melted away,** to speak of people becoming weak because of their fear. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “became weak from fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1163EXO1516nk67figs-doubletתִּפֹּ֨ל עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֤ם אֵימָ֨תָ⁠ה֙ וָ⁠פַ֔חַד1Terror and dread will fall on them**Terror and dread** form a doublet meaning “extremely fearful.” If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “They will become extremely fearful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1164EXO1516kbt5figs-metaphorתִּפֹּ֨ל עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֤ם אֵימָ֨תָ⁠ה֙ וָ⁠פַ֔חַד1Terror and dread will fall on them**Terror and dread** are pictured as physical objects that could **fall on** people. The image might be of them crushing people or being a heavy weight that people struggle under (however, the image is not specified). It means that the people will feel the emotions of terror and dread very strongly. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “They will be overwhelmed with feelings of terror and dread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1165EXO1516t2ypfigs-metonymyבִּ⁠גְדֹ֥ל זְרוֹעֲ⁠ךָ֖1Because of your arms powerYahwehs **arm** represents his great strength. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Because of your great strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1166EXO1516umm7figs-simileיִדְּמ֣וּ כָּ⁠אָ֑בֶן1they will become as still as a stoneThis could mean: (1) “they will be silent like stone” or (2) “they will be motionless as stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1167EXO1517n5i5figs-explicitתְּבִאֵ֗⁠מוֹ וְ⁠תִטָּעֵ֨⁠מוֹ֙1You will bring themIf it would be helpful to your readers, you could express where God would bring them explicitly. Alternate translation: “You will take your people to Canaan and plant them there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1168EXO1517u26jfigs-goתְּבִאֵ֗⁠מוֹ1You will bring themSince Moses was not already in Canaan, some languages would use “take” rather than **bring.** Alternate translation: “You will take them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
1169EXO1517t6wgfigs-metaphorוְ⁠תִטָּעֵ֨⁠מוֹ֙ בְּ⁠הַ֣ר1plant them on the mountainMoses speaks about God giving his people the land to live in as if they were a plant that God was planting. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and you will settle them on the mountain of” or “and you will let them live on the mountain of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1170EXO1517p7kbבְּ⁠הַ֣ר נַחֲלָֽתְ⁠ךָ֔1the mountain of your inheritanceThis refers to Mount Zion in the land of Canaan.
1171EXO1517ie26figs-metaphorבְּ⁠הַ֣ר נַחֲלָֽתְ⁠ךָ֔1of your inheritanceMoses speaks about God promising to give his people **the mountain** forever as if he were giving it to them as an inheritance. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “on the mountain that you have given them as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1172EXO1517ytz3figs-metonymyכּוֹנְנ֥וּ יָדֶֽי⁠ךָ׃1that your hands have builtThe phrase **your hands** refers to Gods power. Alternate translation: “that you have built by your power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1173EXO1518ue6pיְהוָ֥ה׀ יִמְלֹ֖ךְ לְ⁠עֹלָ֥ם וָ⁠עֶֽד1that your hands have builtAlternate translation: “Yahweh reigns forever and ever”
1174EXO1520gam2translate-unknownהַ⁠תֹּ֖ף…בְּ⁠תֻפִּ֖ים1tambourineA **tambourine** is a hand-held musical instrument like a small drum that also has pieces of metal around the side that make a metallic rattling sound when shaken. Alternate translation: “timbrel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1175EXO1520hut1figs-hyperboleוַ⁠תֵּצֶ֤אןָ כָֽל־הַ⁠נָּשִׁים֙ אַחֲרֶ֔י⁠הָ בְּ⁠תֻפִּ֖ים וּ⁠בִ⁠מְחֹלֹֽת1tambourineHere, **all** may be a generalization; it may not have been every woman. It could be better to translate as a restrictive clause as in the UST. Alternate translation: “and every woman who went out after her had a tambourine and danced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1176EXO1521f6m3figs-explicitגָאֹ֣ה גָּאָ֔ה1he has triumphed gloriouslyIf it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly over whom Yahweh triumphed. See how you translated this in [Exodus 15:1](../15/01.md). Alternate translation: “he has achieved a glorious victory over the army of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1177EXO1521hvu1figs-metaphorס֥וּס וְ⁠רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ רָמָ֥ה בַ⁠יָּֽם1The horse and his rider he has thrown into the seaMiriam sang about God causing the **sea** to cover and drown the **horse and the one riding it** as if God had thrown them **into the sea**. See how you translated this in [Exodus 15:1](../15/01.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he has made the horse and rider drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1178EXO1522iw9ngrammar-collectivenounsיִשְׂרָאֵל֙1Moses led IsraelThe word **Israel** represents the people of Israel. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Moses led the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
1179EXO1522c7petranslate-namesמִדְבַּר־שׁ֑וּר1wilderness of ShurWe do not know the exact location of this place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1180EXO1523a9pvtranslate-namesמָרָ֔תָ⁠ה1MarahWe do not know the exact location of **Marah**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1181EXO1524n64mוַ⁠יִּלֹּ֧נוּ הָ⁠עָ֛ם עַל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה1complained to Moses and saidMurmur is a very strong term for “grumble” or “complain” that is used to describe the Israelites attitude throughout their time in the wilderness. It occurs several times in Exodus and Numbers. Alternate translation: “And the people complained against Moses” or “And the people grumbled at Moses”
1182EXO1526l2hxfigs-123personלְ⁠ק֣וֹל׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗י⁠ךָ1the voice of Yahweh your GodYahweh is speaking about his own voice. Alternate translation: “to my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1183EXO1526oh8cfigs-metonymyלְ⁠ק֣וֹל׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗י⁠ךָ1the voice of Yahweh your GodYahwehs voice represents what he says. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1184EXO1526sq5xfigs-idiomוְ⁠הַ⁠יָּשָׁ֤ר בְּ⁠עֵינָי⁠ו֙ תַּעֲשֶׂ֔ה1do what is right in his eyesThe **eyes** represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and do what Yahweh considers to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1185EXO1526bgcffigs-idiomוְ⁠הַֽאֲזַנְתָּ֙ לְ⁠מִצְוֺתָ֔י⁠ו1do what is right in his eyesThe **ear** represents listening, and listening represents obeying. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and you carefully obey his commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1186EXO1526m4cnfigs-idiomכָּֽל־הַ⁠מַּֽחֲלָ֞ה אֲשֶׁר־שַׂ֤מְתִּי בְ⁠מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ לֹא־אָשִׂ֣ים עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ1I will put on you none of the diseasesGod speaks of causing people to have diseases as putting diseases on them. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I will not cause any of you to have the diseases that I cause the Egyptians to have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1187EXO1527did8translate-namesאֵילִ֔מָ⁠ה1Elim**Elim** is an oasis in the desert, a place with water and shade trees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1188EXO1527p64ytranslate-numbersוְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֣ים1seventyAlternate translation: “and seventy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1189EXO16intronkd70# Exodus 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br>This entire chapter is the story of the Israelites complaining about food and Yahweh providing food. Verses 22-30 introduce the Sabbath.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Complaints<br><br>After complaining about the water, the Israelites complained that they had less food than in Egypt. This is intended to show their ungratefulness and their sinful view of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Prohibition against storing food<br><br>The people were not allowed to store the food, called manna, that Yahweh provided to them. This is because they were to trust in Yahweh to provide for their needs every day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>### Sabbath<br><br>This is the first recorded celebration of the Sabbath rest. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Bread as food<br><br>Yahweh speaks of the food that he will send as if it were bread. The manna he gave them was perhaps not literally bread. The Israelites would eat this food every day, just as they had eaten bread every day before this. Alternate translations: “food” or “food like bread” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/bread]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Chronology<br><br>[Verses 34](../../exo/16/34.md)-36 are written from a much later perspective. Translators will need to find a way to show that this portion gives background information from a much later point (at least 40 years).<br><br>### Box of the Covenant<br><br>Related to the chronology issue, although the covenant has not yet been made, it is referenced in [Exodus 16:34](../../exo/16/34.md). This is probably an editorial comment made after these events. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### Wilderness of Sin<br><br>Sin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1190EXO161gw67translate-namesסִ֔ין1wilderness of SinThe word **Sin** here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. It is not the English word “sin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1191EXO161h44xtranslate-hebrewmonthsבַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י1on the fifteenth day of the second monthThis time coincides with the end of April and the beginning of May on Western calendars. You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to give the number of the day and the name of the month on the Hebrew calendar, and say approximately what time of year that is on your calendar in a footnote.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
1192EXO161u2aqtranslate-ordinalבַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י1on the fifteenth day of the second monthIf your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “on day 15 of month 2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1193EXO162h938figs-hyperboleוַיִּלּ֜וֹנוּ כָּל־עֲדַ֧ת בְּנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל1The whole community of Israelites complainedHere, **all** is a generalization. Alternate translation: “And many of the community of the sons of Israel murmured” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1194EXO162nx6fוַיִּלּ֜וֹנוּ1complainedAlternate translation: “And … spoke angrily”
1195EXO163nwy6figs-hypoמִֽי־יִתֵּ֨ן מוּתֵ֤⁠נוּ1If only we had diedThis is a way of saying that they wished that they had died. It is a hypothetical past statement. Translate it in a way that makes it clear that this did not actually happen. Alternate translation: “We wish that we had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1196EXO163g1n1figs-metonymyבְ⁠יַד־יְהוָה֙1by Yahwehs handThe phrase **the hand of Yahweh** represents Yahwehs action. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by Yahwehs action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1197EXO164kls5figs-metaphorמַמְטִ֥יר לָ⁠כֶ֛ם לֶ֖חֶם מִן־הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם1I will rain down bread from heaven for youGod speaks of food coming **down from heaven** as if it were rain. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “make bread come down from heaven like rain” or “make bread fall to you from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1198EXO164yew5בְּ⁠תוֹרָתִ֖⁠י1my lawAlternate translation: “in my instruction”
1199EXO165p1f6וְ⁠הָיָה֙ בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֔י וְ⁠הֵכִ֖ינוּ1It will come about on the sixth day, that theyAlternate translation: “It will happen on the sixth day that they will prepare” or “On the sixth day they will prepare”
1200EXO165cl74translate-ordinalבַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֔י1on the sixth dayIf your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “on day 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1201EXO165t5ilמִשְׁנֶ֔ה1twicetwo times
1202EXO167zb21figs-rquestionוְ⁠נַ֣חְנוּ מָ֔ה כִּ֥י תלונו עָלֵֽי⁠נוּ1Who are we for you to complain against us?Moses and Aaron used this question to show the people that it was foolish to complain against them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We are not powerful enough for you to complain against us.” or “It is foolish to complain against us, because we cannot do what you want.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1203EXO168pn4efigs-rquestionוְ⁠נַ֣חְנוּ מָ֔ה1Who are Aaron and I?Moses used this question to show the people that he and Aaron did not have the power to give them what they wanted. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Aaron and I cannot give you what you want.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1204EXO168vdr8figs-explicitוְ⁠נַ֣חְנוּ מָ֔ה לֹא־עָלֵ֥י⁠נוּ תְלֻנֹּתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם כִּ֥י עַל־יְהוָֽה1Your complaints are not against us; they are against YahwehThe people were complaining against Moses and Aaron, who were Yahwehs servants. So by complaining against them, the people were really complaining against Yahweh. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Your complaints are not really against us; they are against Yahweh, because we are his servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1205EXO169pqgofigs-quotesinquotesוַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר מֹשֶׁה֙ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֔ן אֱמֹ֗ר אֶֽל־כָּל־עֲדַת֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל קִרְב֖וּ1Your complaints are not against us; they are against YahwehThere are two layers of quotations here. You may want to translate one or the other as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “And Moses told Aaron to tell all of the congregation of the sons of Israel, “Approach” or “And Moses told Aaron, “Tell all of the congregation of the sons of Israel to approach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1206EXO1610q4axוַ⁠יְהִ֗י1It came aboutThis phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. The important event here is the people seeing Yahwehs glory. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1207EXO1610b6rpוְ⁠הִנֵּה֙1beholdThe word **behold** here shows that the people saw something extraordinary.
1208EXO1613aas8וַ⁠יְהִ֣י1It came about…thatThis phrase is used here to mark an important part of the events. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1209EXO1613eu1xtranslate-unknownהַ⁠שְּׂלָ֔ו1quailsThe word **quail** means a type of small, plump game bird. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1210EXO1614k5lbtranslate-unknownכַּ⁠כְּפֹ֖ר1like frost**Frost** is frozen dew that forms on the ground. It is very fine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1211EXO1614jernfigs-simileכַּ⁠כְּפֹ֖ר1like frostThe original readers knew what frost is like, so this phrase would help them understand what the flakes were like. Alternate translation: “flakes that looked like frost” or “flakes that were fine like frost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1212EXO1616gotfאִ֖ישׁ לְ⁠פִ֣י אָכְל֑⁠וֹ1omerAlternate translation: “according to how much each will eat”
1213EXO1616fqp9translate-bvolumeעֹ֣מֶר1omer2 liters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
1214EXO1616mnwyעֹ֣מֶר לַ⁠גֻּלְגֹּ֗לֶת מִסְפַּר֙ נַפְשֹׁ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם אִ֛ישׁ לַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּ⁠אָהֳל֖⁠וֹ תִּקָּֽחוּ1omerAlternate translation: “take an omer per person according to how many people are in the gatherers tent”
1215EXO1619v499figs-genericnounאִ֕ישׁ אַל1omer**A man** refers to people in general, not to one particular man. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “No one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
1216EXO1620itjoוַ⁠יָּ֥רֻם תּוֹלָעִ֖ים1omerAlternate translation: “and it decayed with worms”
1217EXO1621jd5tאִ֖ישׁ כְּ⁠פִ֣י אָכְל֑⁠וֹ1omerAlternate translation: “everyone according to how much they would eat” or “everyone according to how many people they had to feed”
1218EXO1622nrx8writing-neweventוַ⁠יְהִ֣י1It came about thatThis phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. Verses 16:22-30 tell about what the people did concerning the manna on the sixth and seventh days of the week. If your language has a way for marking this as a new part of the story, you could consider using it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1219EXO1622xk6xtranslate-ordinalבַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֗י1on the sixth dayIf your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “on day 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1220EXO1622zj1uמִשְׁנֶ֔ה1twiceAlternate translation: “two times as much”
1221EXO1622f4j9לֶ֨חֶם֙1breadThis refers to the **bread** that appeared as thin flakes on the ground each morning.
1222EXO1623wc4aשַׁבָּת֧וֹן שַׁבַּת־קֹ֛דֶשׁ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה1a solemn restAlternate translation: “is a day to stop working completely and dedicate to Yahweh”
1223EXO1623cqjdfigs-abstractnounsשַׁבַּת־קֹ֛דֶשׁ1a solemn restIf your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **holiness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a holy Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1224EXO1624y4d9וְ⁠לֹ֣א הִבְאִ֔ישׁ1did not become foulAlternate translation: “And it did not smell rotten”
1225EXO1625pr1pכִּֽי־שַׁבָּ֥ת הַ⁠יּ֖וֹם לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה1today is a day reserved as a Sabbath to honor YahwehAlternate translation: “today is a Sabbath, a day to honor Yahweh by not working”
1226EXO1626jv77translate-ordinalוּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֧וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֛י1but the seventh dayIf your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “but on day seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1227EXO1627qf14וְ⁠לֹ֖א מָצָֽאוּ1they found noneAlternate translation: “but they did not find any manna”
1228EXO1628e1vxfigs-rquestionעַד־אָ֨נָה֙ מֵֽאַנְתֶּ֔ם לִ⁠שְׁמֹ֥ר מִצְוֺתַ֖⁠י וְ⁠תוֹרֹתָֽ⁠י1How long will you refuse to keep my commandments and my laws?God used this question to scold the people because they did not obey his laws. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You people still do not keep my commandments and laws!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1229EXO1628q41dfigs-youcrowdמֵֽאַנְתֶּ֔ם1General Information:Yahweh speaks to Moses, but the word **you** refers to the people of Israel in general. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of “you” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
1230EXO1628vnq7לִ⁠שְׁמֹ֥ר מִצְוֺתַ֖⁠י וְ⁠תוֹרֹתָֽ⁠י1to keep my commandments and my lawsAlternate translation: “to obey my commandments and my laws”
1231EXO1629p22lfigs-metaphorכִּֽי־יְהוָה֮ נָתַ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֣ם הַ⁠שַּׁבָּת֒1Yahweh has given you the SabbathYahweh speaks about teaching people to rest on the Sabbath as if the **Sabbath** were a gift. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, have taught you to rest on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1232EXO1629dt58translate-ordinalבַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֖י…בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִֽי1sixth day…two days…seventh dayIf your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “on day 6 … on day 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1233EXO1629y8wfלֶ֣חֶם1breadThis refers to the bread that appeared as thin flakes on the ground each morning.
1234EXO1629x6ghיוֹמָ֑יִם1breadAlternate translation: “for 2 days”
1235EXO1631r1a5translate-unknownכְּ⁠זֶ֤רַע גַּד֙ לָבָ֔ן1coriander seed**Coriander** is an herb also known as cilantro. People eat both the leaves and seeds. People dry the seeds, grind them into a powder, and put it in food to add flavor. Alternate translation: “like a small white seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1236EXO1631vrl4כְּ⁠צַפִּיחִ֥ת1wafers**Wafers** are very thin biscuits or crackers.
1237EXO1633ggbafigs-metonymyלִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה1wafersHere, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1238EXO1634x9vrwriting-background0wafersVerses 34-36 provide a later commentary on the chapter. If your language has a way of marking background information you may want to use it starting from verse 34 or verse 35. You may want to leave verse 34 more connected to verse 33 even though it references the **Covenant**, which has not been given yet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1239EXO1634jzczfigs-metonymyלִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָ⁠עֵדֻ֖ת1wafersHere, **face** figuratively represents being near the **Covenant.** Alternate translation: “near the Covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1240EXO1636g8nstranslate-bvolumeוְ⁠הָ⁠עֹ֕מֶר עֲשִׂרִ֥ית הָ⁠אֵיפָ֖ה הֽוּא1Now an omer is a tenth of an ephahAn **omer** and an **ephah** are both units of dry measurement. An ephah is approximately equal to a bushel, and an omer is one-tenth of an ephah. The original readers would have known how much an ephah was. This sentence would help them know how much an omer was. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
1241EXO1636a9uhtranslate-fractionוְ⁠הָ⁠עֹ֕מֶר עֲשִׂרִ֥ית הָ⁠אֵיפָ֖ה הֽוּא1Now an omer is a tenth of an ephahFor languages that do not use fractions, this can be reworded. Alternate translation: “Now ten omers equal one ephah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
1242EXO17introf12q07# Exodus 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>- v. 1-7: the Israelites complain and Yahweh gives them water<br>- v. 8-16: Israel defeats Amalek in battle<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Moses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince people of their sin. Likewise, the peoples rhetorical question shows their ignorance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Wilderness of Sin<br><br>Sin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is not the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with the act of sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Naming<br><br>As in the last couple of chapters, places and things are named for what happens in that location. In this chapter is Massah (which means “test”), Meribah (“arguing”), and an altar named “Yahweh is my Banner,” because Yahweh will be at war with the Amalekites forever.
1243EXO171jzz5writing-neweventוַ֠⁠יִּסְעוּ כָּל־עֲדַ֨ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל1wilderness of SinA new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1244EXO171h1litranslate-namesסִ֛ין1wilderness of SinThe word **Sin** here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. It is not the English word “sin.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 16:1](../16/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1245EXO171e7jvfigs-metonymyעַל־פִּ֣י יְהוָ֑ה1wilderness of SinHere, **mouth** refers figuratively to Yahwehs commands (that is, what he says to do). If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “at the command of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1246EXO171j1fmtranslate-namesבִּ⁠רְפִידִ֔ים1Rephidim**Rephidim** means “the resting place,” a place to rest on long journeys through the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1247EXO172hr9bfigs-rquestionמַה־תְּרִיבוּ⁠ן֙ עִמָּדִ֔⁠י מַה־תְּנַסּ֖וּ⁠ן אֶת־יְהוָֽה1Why do you quarrel with me? Why do you test Yahweh?Moses uses these questions to scold the people. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Why are you speaking against me? And why are you trying to test whether Yahweh is able to give you what you need?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1248EXO173cz24figs-rquestionלָ֤⁠מָּה זֶּה֙ הֶעֱלִיתָ֣⁠נוּ מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֔יִם לְ⁠הָמִ֥ית אֹתִ֛⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־בָּנַ֥⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־מִקְנַ֖⁠י בַּ⁠צָּמָֽא1To kill us and our children and our cattle with thirst?The people use this question to accuse Moses of wanting to kill them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Why did you bring us up out of Egypt? Did you bring us here to cause us and our children and animals to die because we have no water to drink?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1249EXO176nspcfigs-metonymyלְ⁠פָנֶ֨י⁠ךָ1To kill us and our children and our cattle with thirst?Here, **before your face** means “in front of you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1250EXO177x5antranslate-namesמַסָּ֖ה1Massah**Massah** is a place in the desert whose name means “testing” in Hebrew. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1251EXO177hw7ytranslate-namesוּ⁠מְרִיבָ֑ה1Meribah**Meribah** is a place in the desert whose name means “complaining” in Hebrew. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1252EXO177m55eאִם־אָֽיִן1MeribahIn some languages it may be unnatural to explicitly have the negative option included in this question or to have it at the end. It may be omitted or relocated in the question if that is the case.
1253EXO178nyt1writing-neweventוַ⁠יָּבֹ֖א עֲמָלֵ֑ק1RephidimA new scene begins here which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1254EXO178pu7ifigs-metonymyעֲמָלֵ֑ק…יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל1Rephidim**Amalek** and **Israel** both refer to the nations (people groups) descended from that individual by simply using the name of the ancestor. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Amalekites … the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1255EXO178hi3ugrammar-collectivenounsעֲמָלֵ֑ק…יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל1Rephidim**Amalek** and **Israel** are both collective nouns that refer to the nations (people groups) descended from that individual. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the Amalekites … the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
1256EXO178srdqwriting-participantsעֲמָלֵ֑ק1Rephidim**Amalek** or the Amalekites are a completely new participant in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1257EXO178rv14translate-namesבִּ⁠רְפִידִֽם1Rephidim**Rephidim** was the name of a place in the desert. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1258EXO179dsccwriting-participantsיְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ֙1Rephidim**Joshua** is a completely new participant in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Later he becomes a major character, but not really in the book of Exodus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1259EXO1710ca3gfigs-synecdocheוַ⁠יַּ֣עַשׂ יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר אָֽמַר־ל⁠וֹ֙ מֹשֶׁ֔ה לְ⁠הִלָּחֵ֖ם בַּ⁠עֲמָלֵ֑ק1So Joshua fought Amalek**Joshua** represents himself and the Israelites that he led into battle. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And, as Moses instructed, Joshua and the men he chose fought against the Amalekites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1260EXO1710wy51translate-namesוְ⁠ח֔וּר1Hur**Hur** was the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1261EXO1710itcxwriting-participantsוְ⁠ח֔וּר1Hur**Hur** is a new participant in the story, which you may need to point out in your translation. However, he is a very minor character. He only appears in this passage and once much later in the book, so you may not need to highlight him at all. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1262EXO1711x5exfigs-synecdocheוְ⁠גָבַ֣ר יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל…וְ⁠גָבַ֥ר עֲמָלֵֽק1Israel was winning…Amalek would begin to winThe words **Israel** and **Amalek** represent the fighters from those groups. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Israelite fighters were winning … the Amalekite fighters would begin to win” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1263EXO1712hxt8figs-idiomוִ⁠ידֵ֤י מֹשֶׁה֙ כְּבֵדִ֔ים1hands became heavyThe author writes of Moses arms becoming tired as if his **hands became heavy**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “And Moses arms became tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1264EXO1712js2pמִ⁠זֶּ֤ה אֶחָד֙ וּ⁠מִ⁠זֶּ֣ה אֶחָ֔ד1hands became heavyAlternate translation: “one on one side, and one on the other”
1265EXO1713plp3figs-metonymyלְ⁠פִי־חָֽרֶב1with the swordThe **sword** represents battle. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in combat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1266EXO1714c5rlfigs-metaphorמָחֹ֤ה אֶמְחֶה֙ אֶת־זֵ֣כֶר עֲמָלֵ֔ק1I will completely blot out the memory of AmalekGod speaks of destroying Amalek as if he were removing peoples memory of Amalek. When a group of people is completely destroyed, there is nothing to remind people about them. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I will completely destroy Amalek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1267EXO1714jm77figs-metonymyעֲמָלֵ֔ק1AmalekThe Amalekites are referred to by naming their ancestor. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: Amalekites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1268EXO1714n42jfigs-hyperboleמִ⁠תַּ֖חַת הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם1AmalekThis phrase makes an intentionally broad image and represents all people everywhere. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from all people everywhere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1269EXO1715fnegנִסִּֽ⁠י1AmalekA **banner** is something lifted up high, perhaps like a flag, that people can see from a distance and follow. Alternate translation: “is my military standard” or “is my guidon”
1270EXO1716lr14כִּֽי־יָד֙ עַל־כֵּ֣ס יָ֔הּ1AmalekThe Hebrew here is very difficult, and there are a variety of opinions regarding the meaning. Questions include: (1) Whose hand is referred to? Amaleks, Yahwehs, or Moses? (2) What is the hand on (or against)? Yahwehs throne or banner? (3) What is the meaning of the Hebrew preposition meaning on, against, or above? What does that signify? Rebellion, or taking an oath, or holding onto a symbol of power? If there is another translation in your region, it may be best to simply follow the interpretation it gives. Alternate translation: “Because a hand was on the throne of Yah” or “Because a hand was on the banner of Yah”
1271EXO1716sw1qמִלְחָמָ֥ה לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה בַּֽ⁠עֲמָלֵ֑ק1AmalekThis phrase has no verbs in Hebrew. You may need to translate the noun **war** as a verb. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will make war with Amalek” or “Yahweh will war against Amalek”
1272EXO18introt8g20# Exodus 18 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>- v. 1-12: Jethro visits Moses and hears all that Yahweh has done<br>- v. 13-27: Jethro observes Moses and advises him to set up a subsidiarity leadership structure; Moses does so<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Leadership lessons<br><br>Jethro taught Moses an important leadership lesson in this chapter. Many scholars look at this chapter for important leadership lessons. Moses delegated some of his responsibilities to other godly men so that he would not become worn out by all the demands made of him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Possible Translation Difficulties<br><br>### Order of events<br><br>The timing of the events in [verse 2](../18/02.md) is not clear and, whatever their timing, may be difficult to translate. The question: Is Jethros **taking** Zipporah related to the past event of Moses sending her back to him at some otherwise unmentioned point in time, or is Jethros **taking** related to his coming to meet Moses in [verse 5](../18/05.md).<br><br>### Verse 11<br><br>[Verse 11](../18/11.md) is difficult in the original and requires interpretation.<br><br>### God and Yahweh<br><br>In this chapter, God, who is named Yahweh in much of the rest of the book, is mostly referred to as God instead of by his name as is usual. Translations should not suggest that they are not different beings.<br><br>### Kinship: Father-in-law<br><br>Jethro is the father of Moses wife. Some languages may make a distinction between that and a womans father-in-law. If that is the case, note it in verses: 1-2, 5-8, 12, 14-15, 17, 24, and 27. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])<br><br>### Participant reference<br><br>Jethro is often referred to simply as the father-in-law of Moses in this chapter. He is also named explicitly (referred to by name) an unusually high number of times (it would be more usual to have more pronouns referring to him). Frequent use of his name is likely to emphasize his familial ties and authority (or honored status). Some languages may need to alter the way he is referred to for naturalness or to convey the same sense of familial ties and authority (or honored status).
1273EXO181nl86translate-kinshipחֹתֵ֣ן מֹשֶׁ֔ה1Moses father-in-lawThe label, **father-in-law of Moses** refers to the father of the wife of Moses. If your language uses a different term for a mans father-in-law than for a womans father-in-law, choose the appropriate one here. Note the use of this term also in verses: 2, 5-8, 12, 14-15, 17, 24, and 27. Alternate translation: “the father of the wife of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
1274EXO182zw6hוַ⁠יִּקַּ֗ח יִתְרוֹ֙ חֹתֵ֣ן מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֶת־צִפֹּרָ֖ה אֵ֣שֶׁת מֹשֶׁ֑ה1took Zipporah, Moses wifeThis could mean: (1) Jethro took Zipporah to Moses, or (2) Jethro had earlier welcomed back Zipporah.
1275EXO182chy6figs-explicitאַחַ֖ר שִׁלּוּחֶֽי⁠הָ1after he had sent her homeThis is something Moses had done earlier. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “after Moses had sent her home to her father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1276EXO183khs1וְ⁠אֵ֖ת שְׁנֵ֣י בָנֶ֑י⁠הָ1and her two sonsThis is the ending of the sentence that begins with the words **Jethro … took Zipporah** in [verse 2](../18/02.md). This could mean: (1) Jethro took Zipporah and her two sons to Moses, or (2) Jethro had earlier welcomed back Zipporah and her two sons.
1277EXO183k4mbtranslate-namesגֵּֽרְשֹׁ֔ם1Gershom**Gershom** is a son of Moses and Zipporah; his name means “foreigner.” See [2:22](../02/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1278EXO184xi35translate-namesאֱלִיעֶ֑זֶר1Eliezer**Eliezer** is a son of Moses and Zipporah; his name means “God is the one who helps me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1279EXO184z2kmfigs-metonymyמֵ⁠חֶ֥רֶב פַּרְעֹֽה1Pharaohs swordThe phrase **from the sword of Pharaoh** represents being killed by Pharaoh or Pharaohs army. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from being killed by Pharaoh” or “from being killed by Pharaohs army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1280EXO185zzabוּ⁠בָנָ֥י⁠ו1where he was campedAlternate translation: “with his sons”
1281EXO187s5p2translate-symactionוַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֨חוּ֙ וַ⁠יִּשַּׁק־ל֔⁠וֹ1bowed down, and kissed himThese were symbolic acts that were the normal way that people showed great respect and devotion in that culture. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1282EXO188rkq2figs-metonymyעַ֖ל אוֹדֹ֣ת יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל1for Israels sakeThe word **Israel** represents the Israelite people. Alternate translation: “in order to help the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1283EXO188a1rafigs-metaphorכָּל־הַ⁠תְּלָאָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר מְצָאָ֣תַ⁠ם1all the hardships that had come to themMoses writes of **hardships** happening to them as if hardships had discovered where they were. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “all the hardships that had happened to them” or “how they had many hard experiences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1284EXO189wp1pfigs-metonymyמִ⁠יַּ֥ד מִצְרָֽיִם1the hand of the EgyptiansThe hand represents the power of someone to do something. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from the power of the Egyptians” or “from what the Egyptians were doing to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1285EXO1810nrv7figs-metonymyמִ⁠יַּ֥ד מִצְרַ֖יִם וּ⁠מִ⁠יַּ֣ד פַּרְעֹ֑ה…מִ⁠תַּ֖חַת יַד־מִצְרָֽיִם1the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of PharaohThe hand represents the power of someone to do something. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from the power of the Egyptians and from the power of Pharaoh … from the power of the Egyptians” or “from what the Egyptians and Pharaoh were doing to you … from what the Egyptians were doing to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1286EXO1811kmk7כִּ֣י בַ⁠דָּבָ֔ר1the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of PharaohHere, **because of the matter** probably refers back to Yahwehs rescue of Israel. Alternate translation: “because of what he did”
1287EXO1811ljj6figs-explicitאֲשֶׁ֥ר זָד֖וּ עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם1the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of PharaohThe most natural referent for **they** is **the gods**, who, perhaps through their agents (Pharaoh and the Egyptians), fought against Yahweh and oppressed the Israelites (**them**). This would connect back to [Exodus 12:12](../12/12.md) where Yahweh declares that he is bringing judgment on the gods of Egypt. You may need to make some part of this explicit. Alternate translation: “in which they proudly fought Yahweh by oppressing Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1288EXO1812voi9figs-metonymyלִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים1the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of PharaohHere, **face** figuratively represents the presence of God. In this case it likely means that this was a worship event. Alternate translation: “in the presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1289EXO1813ni2bwriting-neweventוַ⁠יְהִי֙ מִֽ⁠מָּחֳרָ֔ת1the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of PharaohA new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1290EXO1813ano2translate-symactionוַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב מֹשֶׁ֖ה לִ⁠שְׁפֹּ֣ט1the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of PharaohSitting was symbolic of having a position of authority. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Moses sat down as a judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1291EXO1813wzeaמִן־הַ⁠בֹּ֖קֶר עַד־הָ⁠עָֽרֶב1the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of PharaohAlternate translation: “all day”
1292EXO1814bax5figs-rquestionמָֽה־הַ⁠דָּבָ֤ר הַ⁠זֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אַתָּ֤ה עֹשֶׂה֙ לָ⁠עָ֔ם1What is this that you are doing with the people?Jethro uses this question to show Moses that what he was doing was not good. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not be doing all of this for the people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1293EXO1814b5wjfigs-rquestionמַדּ֗וּעַ אַתָּ֤ה יוֹשֵׁב֙ לְ⁠בַדֶּ֔⁠ךָ וְ⁠כָל־הָ⁠עָ֛ם נִצָּ֥ב עָלֶ֖י⁠ךָ מִן־בֹּ֥קֶר עַד־עָֽרֶב1Why is it that you sit alone…from morning until evening?Jethro used this question to show Moses that he was doing too much. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Why are you doing all this for the people? Why are you doing this by yourself, and why are all the people standing around you from morning until evening, asking you to make decisions for them?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1294EXO1814cfd1figs-metonymyאַתָּ֤ה יוֹשֵׁב֙ לְ⁠בַדֶּ֔⁠ךָ1you sit aloneThe word **sit** here is a metonym for “judge.” Judges would sit while they listened to peoples complaints. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “do you judge alone” or “are you the only one who judges the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1295EXO1814tiqsfigs-explicitנִצָּ֥ב עָלֶ֖י⁠ךָ1you sit aloneThe people came to be near Moses so that they could get a chance for him to hear their petitions. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “petition you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1296EXO1818jtd2נָבֹ֣ל תִּבֹּ֔ל1You will surely wear yourselves outAlternate translation: “You will surely make yourself very tired”
1297EXO1818h91bfigs-metaphorכָבֵ֤ד מִמְּ⁠ךָ֙1This burden is too heavy for youJethro speaks of the hard work that Moses is doing as if it were a physical burden that Moses was carrying. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “is too hard for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1298EXO1819pug7אִיעָ֣צְ⁠ךָ֔1you adviceAlternate translation: “I will guide you” or “I will instruct you”
1299EXO1819v8i9figs-metaphorוִ⁠יהִ֥י אֱלֹהִ֖ים עִמָּ֑⁠ךְ1God will be with youJethro speaks of God helping Moses as if God would be with Moses. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “God will help you” or “God will give you wisdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1300EXO1819w4r8figs-metaphorוְ⁠הֵבֵאתָ֥ אַתָּ֛ה אֶת־הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים אֶל־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים1you bring their disputes to himJethro speaks of Moses telling God about their disputes as if they were something that Moses was bringing to God. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and you tell God about their disputes” or and “you tell God what they are arguing about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1301EXO1820w3vffigs-metaphorוְ⁠הוֹדַעְתָּ֣ לָ⁠הֶ֗ם אֶת־הַ⁠דֶּ֨רֶךְ֙ יֵ֣לְכוּ בָ֔⁠הּ1You must show them the way to walkJethro speaks of living or behaving like walking. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You must show them how to live” or “You must show them how to behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1302EXO1821p5apוְ⁠אַתָּ֣ה תֶחֱזֶ֣ה1Furthermore, you must chooseAlternate translation: “As for you, search out” or “You must also search out”
1303EXO1821n936figs-metaphorוְ⁠שַׂמְתָּ֣ עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֗ם1You must put them over peopleJethro speaks of giving them authority over people as putting them over people. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You should select leaders for the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1304EXO1821xprcwriting-pronounsוְ⁠שַׂמְתָּ֣ עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֗ם1You must put them over peopleHere, **them** refers to the Israelites. Moses is advised to place good men in charge of groups of Israelites. Alternate translation: “And you must appoint these men over the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1305EXO1821d2hvtranslate-numbersשָׂרֵ֤י אֲלָפִים֙ שָׂרֵ֣י מֵא֔וֹת שָׂרֵ֥י חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים וְ⁠שָׂרֵ֥י עֲשָׂרֹֽת1leaders in charge of thousands, hundreds, fifties, and of tensThis could mean: (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of people in each group. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of groups of 1,000 people, groups of 100 people, groups of 50 people, and groups of 10 people” or (2) these numbers are not exact, but represent groups of people of various sizes. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of very small groups, small groups, large groups, and very large groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1306EXO1822y5n2figs-metaphorכָּל־הַ⁠דָּבָ֤ר הַ⁠גָּדֹל֙ יָבִ֣יאוּ אֵלֶ֔י⁠ךָ1the difficult cases they will bring to youBy **every great situation they will bring to you**, Jethro is recommending that the new leaders should pass the most difficult cases to Moses for him to judge them. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the difficult cases they will tell you about” or “when there are difficult cases, they will tell you about them so you can judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1307EXO1822u42pfigs-metaphorוְ⁠הָקֵל֙ מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ וְ⁠נָשְׂא֖וּ אִתָּֽ⁠ךְ1they will carry the burden with youJethro speaks of the hard work that they would do as if it were something that they would carry beside Moses and make lighter for Moses by helping him. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and lessen your work by having them do the hard work with you” or “and make your work easier by having them help you do the hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1308EXO1823wyq4וְ⁠יָֽכָלְתָּ֖ עֲמֹ֑ד1endureAlternate translation: “then you will not wear yourself out”
1309EXO1823bt5pכָּל־הָ⁠עָ֣ם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה עַל־מְקֹמ֖⁠וֹ יָבֹ֥א בְ⁠שָׁלֽוֹם1endureHere, getting **to their place** could mean each persons home tent or it could mean the whole group gets to the promised land. If you cannot leave it ambiguous, it would be best to indicate something like “harmony in the camp.” Alternate translation: “all these people will live in harmony”
1310EXO1825n2wsfigs-metaphorרָאשִׁ֖ים עַל־הָ⁠עָ֑ם1heads over the peopleMoses writes of the leaders of people as if they were the **head** of a body. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “leaders over the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1311EXO1825tb18figs-explicitאַנְשֵׁי־חַ֨יִל֙1capable menIf it would be helpful to your readers, what sort of ability they had can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “men who were able to lead” or “men who were able to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1312EXO1825iqn8translate-numbersשָׂרֵ֤י אֲלָפִים֙ שָׂרֵ֣י מֵא֔וֹת שָׂרֵ֥י חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים וְ⁠שָׂרֵ֥י עֲשָׂרֹֽת1leaders in charge of thousands, hundreds, fifties, and tensThis could mean: (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of people in each group. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of groups of 1,000 people, groups of 100 people, groups of 50 people, and groups of 10 people” or (2) these numbers are not exact, but represent groups of people of various sizes. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of very small groups, small groups, large groups, and very large groups” See how you translated this in [Exodus 18:21](../18/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1313EXO1826abx4וְ⁠שָׁפְט֥וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֖ם בְּ⁠כָל־עֵ֑ת1judged the people in normal circumstancesAlternate translation: “They judged the people most of the time” or “They judged the people in all regular circumstances”
1314EXO1826z7j4figs-metaphorאֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֤ר הַ⁠קָּשֶׁה֙ יְבִיא֣וּ⁠ן אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה1The difficult cases they brought to MosesThe author writes of telling Moses about the difficult cases as bringing him the difficult cases. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “They told Moses about the difficult cases” or “When there were difficult cases, they told Moses about them so that he would judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1315EXO1826ve8hהַ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠קָּטֹ֖ן1the small casesAlternate translation: “easy case”
1316EXO19introck7e0# Exodus 19 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br>This chapter consist of a series of Moses going up Mount Sinai, talking to Yahweh, coming down, and talking to the people. He is being the intermediary, carrying messages between Yahweh and the people.<br>- v. 1-2: Arrival at Sinai<br>- v. 3-8: First cycle of Moses going up and down for instruction and response<br>- v. 9-15: Second cycle, people get ready to hear God<br>- v. 16-19: God speaks to the people from the mountain<br>- v. 20-25: Third cycle<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### “A kingdom of priests”<br><br>The function of the priests was to intercede for the people. The Levites were the only priests in Israel; this is a metaphor indicating that the nation was to intercede for the world as a whole. They were also to be holy, or set apart, from the rest of the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>### Revealing the law<br><br>The events of this chapter are concerned with preparing the people to receive the law of Moses. The people go through all of this to prepare themselves for the law, which shows the great importance of this event for Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Boundaries between Yahweh and the people<br><br>Moses is told to make the people holy in preparation for meeting Yahweh, then boundaries are set up to keep the people separate from Yahweh, and then the priests are told to make themselves holy. The theme of a holy separation is beginning to be developed that will become much of the law code.
1317EXO191r5tjtranslate-ordinalבַּ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י…בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה1In the third month…on the same dayThis means they arrived at the wilderness on the first day of the month just as they left Egypt on the first day of the month. The first day of the third month on the Hebrew calendar is near the middle of May on Western calendars. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “In the month 3 … on the day 1 of the month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1318EXO192nk51translate-namesמֵ⁠רְפִידִ֗ים1Rephidim**Rephidim** is an area on the edge of the wilderness of Sinai where the people of Israel had been camping. See how you translated this name in [Exodus 17:1](../17/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1319EXO193kgevfigs-parallelismתֹאמַר֙ לְ⁠בֵ֣ית יַעֲקֹ֔ב וְ⁠תַגֵּ֖יד לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל1the house of Jacob, the people of IsraelThese two phrases have exactly the same meaning. This may be for poetic effect, as Yahwehs statement here through [verse 6](../19/06.md) is somewhat artfully crafted. You may need to use a strategy other than parallelism to achieve a similar poetic effect in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1320EXO194z9i6figs-youdualאַתֶּ֣ם רְאִיתֶ֔ם1You have seenThe word **you** here refers to the Israelites. Yahweh is telling Moses what to tell the Israelites. If your language has a plural form of you, you would need it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
1321EXO194b7phfigs-metaphorוָ⁠אֶשָּׂ֤א אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ עַל־כַּנְפֵ֣י נְשָׁרִ֔ים1I carried you on eagles wingsGod speaks of caring for his people while they traveled as if he were an eagle and carried them on his **wings**. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “ how I helped you travel like an eagle that carries her babies on her wings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1322EXO195c767figs-metonymyבְּ⁠קֹלִ֔⁠י1my voiceGods voice represents what he says. Alternate translation: “to what I say” or “to my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1323EXO195fh8eוּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּ֖ם אֶת־בְּרִיתִ֑⁠י1keep my covenantAlternate translation: “and do what my covenant requires you to do”
1324EXO195ifv6סְגֻלָּה֙1special possessionAlternate translation: “treasure”
1325EXO196gm9sfigs-metaphorלִ֛⁠י מַמְלֶ֥כֶת כֹּהֲנִ֖ים1a kingdom of priestsGod speaks of his people as if they were **priests**. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “my kingdom of people who are like priests” or “my kingdom of people who do what priests do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1326EXO197c5tqfigs-metaphorוַ⁠יָּ֣שֶׂם לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֗ם אֵ֚ת כָּל־הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה1set before them all these wordsMoses setting the words before them means that he was telling people things. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “And he told them all these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1327EXO197xjbbfigs-metonymyלִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֗ם1set before them all these wordsHere, **face** means the person. Alternate translation: “before them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1328EXO197zqk1כָּל־הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוָּ֖⁠הוּ יְהוָֽה1all these words that Yahweh had commanded himAlternate translation: “all that Yahweh had commanded him”
1329EXO198ljf5figs-explicitוַ⁠יָּ֧שֶׁב מֹשֶׁ֛ה אֶת־דִּבְרֵ֥י הָ⁠עָ֖ם1Moses came to reportIf it would be helpful to your readers, where Moses went can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “Moses went back up the mountain to report the words of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1330EXO198rwx6figs-metonymyאֶת־דִּבְרֵ֥י הָ⁠עָ֖ם1the peoples wordsHere, **words** refers to what the people said. Alternate translation: “what the people said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1331EXO199ih2hfigs-metonymyאֶת־דִּבְרֵ֥י הָ⁠עָ֖ם1the peoples wordsHere, **words** refers to what the people said. Alternate translation: “what the people said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1332EXO1910ie7yוְ⁠קִדַּשְׁתָּ֥⁠ם1you must set them apart to meThis may mean instruct the people, or it may mean Moses will have a role as well. Alternate translation: “and tell them to dedicate themselves to me” or “and help them to purify themselves for me”
1333EXO1911tdg9figs-metonymyלְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י1Be readyHere, **before the eyes** means “so they can see.” If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1334EXO1912d48pוְ⁠הִגְבַּלְתָּ֤1set boundariesThe **boundary** was either a mark or some kind of barrier.
1335EXO1912hhv5figs-quotesinquotesלֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר הִשָּׁמְר֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֛ם1set boundariesA second-level direct quotation begins with **watch**. It is not clear where this command that Moses is to give the Israelites ends. Most English translations end it in [verse 13](../19/13.md) before the last sentence. For that reason, it may be most helpful to translate the instruction as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “telling them to watch themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1336EXO1912xct0הִשָּׁמְר֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֛ם עֲל֥וֹת בָּ⁠הָ֖ר וּ⁠נְגֹ֣עַ בְּ⁠קָצֵ֑⁠הוּ1set boundariesHere, the negative command is implied from the **watch yourselves** command. Alternate translation: “Watch yourselves against climbing on the mountain or touching on its edge”
1337EXO1912kis1figs-activepassiveכָּל־הַ⁠נֹּגֵ֥עַ בָּ⁠הָ֖ר מ֥וֹת1Whoever touches the mountain will surely be put to deathIf your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must surely put to death any person who touches the mountain” or “You must surely kill anyone who touches the mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1338EXO1913l9akfigs-metonymyלֹא־תִגַּ֨ע בּ֜⁠וֹ יָ֗ד1such a personHere, **hand** is a metonym for any part of a person. Alternate translation: “No person shall touch that one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1339EXO1913k35kfigs-activepassiveסָק֤וֹל יִסָּקֵל֙ אוֹ־יָרֹ֣ה יִיָּרֶ֔ה1he must certainly be stoned or shotIf your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must certainly stone or shoot him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1340EXO1913vw19יָרֹ֣ה יִיָּרֶ֔ה1shotThis refers to being killed by someone who shoots arrows from a bow.
1341EXO1913ezpmfigs-goיַעֲל֥וּ1shotIf you translate this with come or go, consider which would be the correct perspective for your language and the text context. Yahweh is speaking, so “come up” is valid; however, the people will be the ones moving, so “go up” is valid as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
1342EXO1915bw2pfigs-euphemismאַֽל־תִּגְּשׁ֖וּ אֶל־אִשָּֽׁה1do not go near your wivesThis is a polite way of talking about sexual relations. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “do not sleep with your wives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1343EXO1915z0aqאִשָּֽׁה1do not go near your wivesThis word means both “woman” and “wife.” Context dictates the correct translation. Since wife would make it a narrower command, **woman** was chosen here.
1344EXO1918m1b5יָרַ֥ד…יְהוָ֖ה1Yahweh descendedAlternate translation: “Yahweh came down”
1345EXO1918a8p7figs-simileכְּ⁠עֶ֣שֶׁן הַ⁠כִּבְשָׁ֔ן1like the smoke of a furnaceThis shows that it was a very large amount of smoke. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “like the smoke from a very large fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1346EXO1919m8aeהוֹלֵ֖ךְ וְ⁠חָזֵ֣ק מְאֹ֑ד1grew louder and louderAlternate translation: “continued to become louder and louder”
1347EXO1919f5e6figs-metonymyבְ⁠קֽוֹל1in a voiceThe word **voice** here refers to a sound that God made. This could mean: (1) “by speaking loudly like thunder” or (2) “by speaking” or (3) “by causing thunder to sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1348EXO1920zx5pfigs-goוַ⁠יֵּ֧רֶד…וַ⁠יַּ֥עַל1in a voiceYou may need to consider your languages rules for perspective regarding going or coming up or down in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
1349EXO1921d2qmfigs-metaphorפֶּן־יֶהֶרְס֤וּ1not to break throughGod spoke about walking past the boundary as if they might break down a barrier and walk through it. See how you translated “set bounds” in [Exodus 19:12](../19/12.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “not to go beyond the boundary” or “not to go through the barrier” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1350EXO1921oht2figs-euphemismוְ⁠נָפַ֥ל1not to break throughHere, **fall** refers to dying. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1351EXO1922pq8jfigs-metaphorיִפְרֹ֥ץ בָּ⁠הֶ֖ם יְהוָֽה1not to break throughYahwehs anger and judgment are pictured as something that will **burst** through a boundary. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Yahweh kills them in anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1352EXO1923gagpfigs-quotesinquotesבָּ֨⁠נוּ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר הַגְבֵּ֥ל אֶת־הָ⁠הָ֖ר וְ⁠קִדַּשְׁתּֽ⁠וֹ1not to break throughThis quoted command could be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “us to set boundaries on the mountain to keep it separate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1353EXO1924w8lxלֶךְ־רֵ֔ד1get downAlternate translation: “Go down”
1354EXO1924bk6pfigs-metaphorאַל־יֶֽהֶרְס֛וּ1break through the barrierGod spoke about walking past the boundary as if they might **break** down a barrier and walk through it. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 19:21](../19/21.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “must not go beyond the boundary” or “must not go through the barrier” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1355EXO1924p1yqfigs-metaphorיִפְרָץ־בָּֽ⁠ם1break through the barrierYahwehs anger and judgment are pictured as something that will **burst** forth from him. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 19:22](../19/22.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he kill them in anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1356EXO20introx7vt0# Exodus 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>- v. 1-17: Yahweh gives the Ten Commandments<br>- v. 18-21: the people react<br>- v. 22-26: Yahweh gives a little more explanation about idols and altars<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Covenant<br><br>Yahwehs covenant faithfulness is now based on the covenant he made with Abraham as well as the covenant he is making with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### Form of you<br><br>The singular form of you is used in the commandments; however, the commandments applied to the whole Israelite community. There is both a singular and a corporate aspect to them. You may need to choose between singular and plural if your language makes that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
1357EXO202qg71figs-metaphorמִ⁠בֵּ֥ית עֲבָדִֽים1house of slaveryYahweh speaks of **Egypt** as if it were a **house** where people keep slaves. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:3](../13/03.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1358EXO203r9h3לֹֽ֣א יִהְיֶֽה־לְ⁠ךָ֛ אֱלֹהִ֥ים אֲחֵרִ֖ים עַל־פָּנָֽ⁠יַ1You must have no other gods before meAlternate translation: “You must not worship any other gods besides me”
1359EXO204s7n3figs-merismוְ⁠כָל־תְּמוּנָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר בַּ⁠שָּׁמַ֨יִם֙ מִ⁠מַּ֔עַל וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר בָּ⁠אָ֖רֶץ מִ⁠תָּ֑חַת וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר בַּ⁠מַּ֖יִם מִ⁠תַּ֥חַת לָ⁠אָֽרֶץ1nor the likenessThis list means all created things wherever they are. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “nor anything that looks like anything created, whether that is in heaven above, or that is in the earth beneath, or that is in the water under the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1360EXO204rkn1figs-abstractnounsוְ⁠כָל־תְּמוּנָ֔ה1nor the likenessIf your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **likeness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “nor anything looking like something” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1361EXO205ka3iwriting-pronounsלָ⁠הֶ֖ם1You must not bow down to them or worship themHere, **them** refers to carved figures or idols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1362EXO205hx93figs-ellipsisבָּנִ֛ים עַל־שִׁלֵּשִׁ֥ים וְ⁠עַל־רִבֵּעִ֖ים1to the third and the fourth generationAlternate translation: “Generation” is implied by **sons**, therefore **third and fourth** refers to the grandchildren and great-grandchildren. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the sons down to the third and fourth generations” or “and even on the grandchildren and great-grandchildren” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1363EXO205s2iatranslate-ordinalעַל־שִׁלֵּשִׁ֥ים וְ⁠עַל־רִבֵּעִ֖ים1to the third and the fourth generationIf your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “to generations 3 and 4”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1364EXO206u9ncfigs-abstractnounsוְ⁠עֹ֥שֶׂה חֶ֖סֶד לַ⁠אֲלָפִ֑ים לְ⁠אֹהֲבַ֖⁠י1I show covenant faithfulness to thousands of those who love meIf your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I am faithful to the covenant with thousands of those who love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1365EXO206oyh7figs-ellipsisלַ⁠אֲלָפִ֑ים1to the third and the fourth generationAlternate translation: “Generation” is implied by the previous verse. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply necessary words from the context. Alternate translation: “to the thousandth generation” or “for a thousand generations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1366EXO206yw38figs-metonymyלַ⁠אֲלָפִ֑ים לְ⁠אֹהֲבַ֖⁠י1to thousands of those who love meHere, **thousands** may mean: (1) “forever,” that is, “to all descendants forever” (2) a number too many to count. Alternate translation: “for every generation” or “forever to innumerable people who love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1367EXO207o96bתִשָּׂ֛א…יִשָּׂ֥א1take the name of Yahweh your GodTo **lift up**, take, or use the name of Yahweh (with emptiness, i.e. improperly) covers many sorts of speaking or invoking his name or making a claim to him or attempting to manipulate him or misrepresenting him. A broad word should be used in translation of this term.
1368EXO207t3k2לֹ֥א תִשָּׂ֛א אֶת־שֵֽׁם־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖י⁠ךָ1take the name of Yahweh your GodAlternate translation: “You must not use the name of Yahweh your God”
1369EXO207gcz2לַ⁠שָּׁ֑וְא…לַ⁠שָּֽׁוְא1in vainAlternate translation: “carelessly” or “without proper respect”
1370EXO207sl6gfigs-doublenegativesלֹ֤א יְנַקֶּה֙1I will not hold guiltlessIf this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. . Alternate translation: “I will certainly consider guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1371EXO208kwn7לְ⁠קַדְּשֽׁ⁠וֹ1set it apartAlternate translation: “to make it holy to me” or “to consecrate it to me”
1372EXO209sad1מְלַאכְתֶּֽ⁠ךָ1do all your workAlternate translation: “your occupation” or “your livelihood”
1373EXO2010t1kyfigs-metonymyבִּ⁠שְׁעָרֶֽי⁠ךָ1within your gatesCities often had walls around them to keep out enemies, and gates for people to go in and out. Anyone who was inside the gates was part of the community. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “within your community” or “inside your city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1374EXO2011vw1ftranslate-ordinalבַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֑י1on the seventh dayIf your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “on day seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1375EXO2014wyv9לֹ֖א תִּנְאָֽף1You must not commit adulteryAlternate translation: “You must not have sex with anyone other than your spouse”
1376EXO2016zix8לֹֽא־תַעֲנֶ֥ה בְ⁠רֵעֲ⁠ךָ֖ עֵ֥ד שָֽׁקֶר1must not give false testimonyAlternate translation: “You must not speak a false report against your neighbor”
1377EXO2017vt9tלֹ֥א תַחְמֹ֖ד1must not covetAlternate translation: “You must not strongly want to have” or “You must not want to take”
1378EXO2018nm52הָ⁠הָ֖ר עָשֵׁ֑ן1the mountain smokingAlternate translation: “the smoky mountain”
1379EXO2018lmt5וַ⁠יָּנֻ֔עוּ1they trembledAlternate translation: “and they shook with fear”
1380EXO2018h53mוַ⁠יַּֽעַמְד֖וּ מֵֽ⁠רָחֹֽק1stood far offAlternate translation: “and stood far away”
1381EXO2020slb8וּ⁠בַ⁠עֲב֗וּר תִּהְיֶ֧ה יִרְאָת֛⁠וֹ עַל־פְּנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י תֶחֱטָֽאוּ1so that the honor of him may be in you, and so that you do not sinAlternate translation: “so that you will honor him and not sin”
1382EXO2020hocwfigs-metaphorתִּהְיֶ֧ה יִרְאָת֛⁠וֹ עַל־פְּנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם1so that the honor of him may be in you, and so that you do not sinHere, **fear** is spoken of as something that could be **above their faces**. This means that they would be continually thinking about honoring God. It is similar to the image in [Exodus 13:16](../13/16.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “you will live always reverencing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1383EXO2021lts1וּ⁠מֹשֶׁה֙ נִגַּ֣שׁ1Moses approachedAlternate translation: “and Moses moved closer,”
1384EXO2023qm44אֱלֹ֤הֵי כֶ֨סֶף֙ וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י זָהָ֔ב1gods of silver or gods of goldAlternate translation: “gods made out of silver or gold” or “idols made out of silver or gold”
1385EXO2024pf1iמִזְבַּ֣ח אֲדָמָה֮1earthen altarThe phrase **an altar of earth** means an altar made of materials from the ground, such as stone, soil, or clay.
1386EXO2024ge89figs-metonymyאַזְכִּ֣יר אֶת־שְׁמִ֔⁠י1cause my name to be honoredHere, **name** is a metonym for Gods being. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “I cause myself to be remembered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1387EXO2024zmc4figs-activepassiveאַזְכִּ֣יר אֶת־שְׁמִ֔⁠י1cause my name to be honoredIf your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I choose for you to remember me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1388EXO2026qm1bfigs-explicitוְ⁠לֹֽא־תַעֲלֶ֥ה בְ⁠מַעֲלֹ֖ת עַֽל־מִזְבְּחִ֑⁠י1You must not go up to my altar on stepsIf you need to connect this statement more explicitly to the previous statements regarding building the alter, you could add a phrase about building steps. Alternate translation: “Do not build steps up to the altar and go up to it on those steps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1389EXO2026e28yfigs-activepassiveאֲשֶׁ֛ר לֹֽא־תִגָּלֶ֥ה עֶרְוָתְ⁠ךָ֖ עָלָֽי⁠ו1You must not go up to my altar on stepsIf your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that you do not expose your nakedness over it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1390EXO2026h2qdעֶרְוָתְ⁠ךָ֖1your nakednessAlternate translation: “your private parts”
1391EXO21introdnd30# Exodus 21 General Notes<br><br>This chapter begins to give the Israelite civil case law, that is, the explanation of how to apply the principles condensed in the ten commandments.<br><br>## Structure:<br><br>- 1: Introduction<br>- 2-6: Laws regarding male slaves<br>- 7-11: Laws regarding female slaves<br>- 12-17: Capital crimes<br>- 18-36: Liability laws<br> * 18-27: Regarding human violence<br> * 28-36: Regarding damage done by or to animals<br><br>## Translation Issues in this Chapter<br><br>### Hypothetical situations<br><br>Throughout the case law, a hypothetical situation is introduced with “when” or “if.” It is followed by a description of the situation; then there is the penalty or action to be taken in those situations. A hypothetical person may be introduced with “anyone” or “whoever.” Most verses for the next several chapters will have these hypothetical situations. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]] Translators familiar with Hebrew may want to notice that, generally, major divisions are introduced by כִּי (ki) and minor divisions within a topic are introduced by אִם (im).<br><br>### Passive construction<br><br>Many portions of these situations are written in the passive voice. Some languages may have to change all or some of these to active voice. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]].<br><br>### Daughters sold as servants<br><br>The section from [verses 7-11](../21/07.md) may be somewhat confusing because a daughter that is sold as a servant is seamlessly connected to her becoming someones wife. It seems the two things could be closely related.<br><br>### Ransom payment<br><br>In [verse 30](../21/30.md) a man whose bull killed someone may evade the death penalty by paying a ransom price, but the conditions for that happening are not clear.
1392EXO211xxf40you must set before themYahweh continues speaking to Moses. There is no quote break between chapters.
1393EXO211hhf7תָּשִׂ֖ים1you must set before themAlternate translation: “you must give” or “you must tell”
1394EXO211ddqlfigs-metonymyלִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶֽם1you must set before themHere, **faces** figuratively represents the presence of the nation. Alternate translation: “before them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1395EXO212di5z0General Information:Here Yahweh begins telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
1396EXO212wj0egrammar-connect-condition-hypotheticalכִּ֤י תִקְנֶה֙ עֶ֣בֶד עִבְרִ֔י1General Information:This is the first of many hypothetical situations, introduced by “when” or **if,** which you will encounter over the next several chapters. See the [introduction to chapter 21](../21/intro.md). You will need to translate these consistently in a manner that expresses that these situations have not happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
1397EXO213ln3rfigs-explicitאִם־בְּ⁠גַפּ֥⁠וֹ יָבֹ֖א בְּ⁠גַפּ֣⁠וֹ יֵצֵ֑א1If he came by himself, he must go free by himselfWhat **by himself** means can be stated clearly. Some languages require that the additional condition, that he marries while a slave, be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “If he became a slave while he had no wife, and if he marries while he is a slave, the master need only f
The file is too large to be shown. View Raw